Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
PP - 17300 SOUTHCENTER PKWY - RED ROBIN - PERMITS AND PLANS
17300 SOUTHCENTER PKWY ASSOCIATED PERMITS 19-F-239 98-S-162 D15-0228 98-S-161 16-F-253 98-S-150 15-S-204 98-S-175 16-S-028 877-096 877102 99-S-114 95-F-116 95-F-108 95-S-073 91-207 91-133 90-0017 888175 4. * 441 FIRE DEPARTMENT SPRINKLER PLAN REVIEW COMMENTS Project Name: Permit No.: Date: Reviewer: Red Robin Store # 200 17300 Southcenter Parkway 15-S-204 December 9, 2015 Al Metzler Fire Protection Project Coordinator (206) 575-4407 option # 2 (Inspection Requests) (206) 971-8718 (Plan Review Questions) 0. • Lateral sway bracing is required at a maximum spacing of 40' for all mains, cross mains, and branch lines 2.5" and larger. Bracing is provided for the last length of pipe but within 6' of the end of a feed or cross main. Bracing is required unless all the pipe is supported by rods less than 6" or by 30 ° wrap-around U -hooks for any size pipe, 9.3.5.3. • Minimum clearance around pipes: 2 " for 1"-3.5", 4" for 4" and larger, see 4 exceptions, 9.3.4. • Longitudinal sway bracing is a maximum of 80' for mains and cross mains and within 40 ' of the end of the line, 9.3.5.4. • Provide lateral and longitudinal bracing for changes in pipe direction per section 9.3.5.11.2 for pipe size 2'h inches and larger. • Restrain branch lines at the end sprinkler of each line, restrain against vertical and lateral movement, 9.3.6.3. • Restraints for branch lines shall be at intervals per table 9.3.6.4 and section 9.3.6.4, and restrain sprig ups greater than 4', 9.3.6.6. • Comply with ASCE 7-02, section 9.6.2.6.2 (e). • Ceilings used for flex drop attachments shall comply with ASTM C 635 and ASTM C 636 per section 9.2.1.3.3.2. r • Where flexible sprinkler hose fittings exceed 6ft. in length and are supported by a suspended ceiling, a hanger(s) attached to the structure shall be required to ensure that the maximum unsupported length does not exceed 6 ft.(9,2.1.3.3.3). • Flexible sprinkler hose bends shall not exceed the maximum radius permitted by the listing. • Provide sprinkler protection beneath all obstructions greater than 4 ft. in width. • Extend sprinkler protection to all combustible concealed spaces. • Comply with NFPA 13 obstruction tables. • All valves controlling the water supply for automatic sprinkler systems and waterflow switches on all sprinkler systems shall be electrically supervised. • All interior control valves shall be readily accessible, labeled and located not more than 6 ft. above the floor. • Comply with obstructed/non-obstructed construction rules for sprinkler head placement. • Sprinkler heads spaced closer than 6 ft. apart must be baffled. • Modifications involving 20 or more sprinkler heads require hydrostatic test and system isolation if necessary. • For dry pipe and double interlock preaction systems in addition to the standard hydrostatic test, an air pressure leakage test at 40 psi shall be conducted for 24 hours. Any leakage that results in a Toss of pressure in excess of 1.5 psi for the 24 hours shall be corrected. These conditions apply to all sprinkler pipling exposed as necessary to accomplish the permitted scope of work. • These conditions apply to all sprinkler piping exposed as necessary to accomplish the permitted scope of work. All code references are NFPA 13, 2013 Edition. CUSTOr.1[fl 70e27 5Z tr"r�E 730Q srnEET 1�,CGtfl��j CIS' cur. srAIE tt Lir• AIlSUL Il•tolrn•102 ring ^,t'rr1MSS1o11 9YS1F.t.19 II$SfALLATIUtT UESIQN SIIEET UA1E r ..Z4—i AUTIIU111T_EU ANSUL UISTnhIU1U1l r•AME Ui.liUll F E 1017 54th Ave. E. MEET Tncoma, We. 98424 CITY.$I"IEaztr Cont. Lic. IIFIRESFS 121 FILL IU ALL ArPnUr fthivE DATA DELOW AND CAIIEFULLY SKETC11 IIAZARU LAYOUT OU tusiUE SYSTEM Model(s) and serial numbers %OZ /; e • Location ){ 0 -dam, i0S.Z 'e ..S Dti 44G' 62419-x4 QZ dumber of nozzles and fart No. „70g--6-692-1„70g--6-692-13t3 9C< 69 Z7degza9 V /& 4/1//'7'- f¢/V/%5/x4% 11 !lumber of delector(s) and degree rating 6eif # /� z 2. �Kr,� Energy shut-off devices — type and size / i , 0� t %i:if- Li �¢S /.� Com' % AA Locallon L I'lAr • Other accessory equipment provided (pull Mellon, electric switches, etc.) and location _ e,r1-f-/__- '51740 ---- DOL.L'rtJS / 58n/e d� /92. -.147e -e:/77 '77r---#1/...1” ,4./ O 77feL 1- OOI;111G/VEllIILA 11110 EQUIPMENT umber of duct(s) and size 0e141" /9"X /7// /e -A9- iX,3?!/ ood size and plenum size 2-� r // w9�tJQpw axhnum temperature determined at detector Iocallon(s) 11r/ ookin() Appliances and size of cooking surface. (1401E: List appliances from left to right and Indicate Inose being rolected.) 609_47;c40€ 4. ?/o //raH' f . 7:'/ Beet; 5. vr'.t` /G'` Nei, 3l0 /1 OMMEN1S 6. We certify that the materials and equipment in this installation are assembled within the scope and intent of the N.F.t'.A. 79C' and ff17Mcurrent issue, and the current 111, listed installation manual for the brand material used herein. We certify that our firm currently holds factory installation licennes for the brand equipment used herein. Jv1/1/. c/ S 7�,zGtr �✓1- iSi�� G�`LL /-'8-r''- iz 97c' f: /47,-- -rYs.r er?s, SECTION IV — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX. 3470 11-1-94 Page 4-24 NOZZLE PLACEMENT REQUIREMENTS (Continued) Nozzle Application Chart The following chart has been developed to assist in calculating the quantity and type of nozzle required to protect each duct, plenum, or appliance. Hazard Nozzle Tip Maximum Hazard Nozzle Nozzle Nozzle Stamping — Dimensions Quantity Heights Part No. Flow No. Duct or Transition Length — Unlimited 1 — 56927/415567 1 W/1 WS (Single Nozzle) Perimeter — 27 in. (67 cm) Diameter — 8.5 in. (22 cm) Duct or Transition Length — Unlimited 1 — 56928/78078* 2W/2WH" (Single Nozzle) Perimeter — 75 in. (190.5 cm) Diameter — 24 in. (61 cm) Duct or Transition Length — Unlimited 2 — 56928/78078* 2W/2WH' • (Dual Nozzle) Perimeter — 150 in. (381 cm) Diameter — 48 in. (122 cm) Electrostatic Precipitator Individual Cell 1 — 56929 1/2N (At Base of Duct) Plenum Length — 8 ft. (2.4 m) 1 — 56930/415566/417332 1 N/1 NS/1 NSS (Horizontal Protection) Filter Height — 20 in. (51 cm) Plenum Length — 4 ft. (1.2 m) 1 — 56927/4155671417333 1 W/1 WS/1 WSS (Vertical Protection) Width — 4 ft. (1.2 m) Fryer/Split Vat Fryer Longest Side (without drip board) 15 in. (38 cm) Area — 210 sq. in. (1355 sq. cm) High Proximity 1 27 — 47 in. 418117 230 Low Proximity 1 20 — 27 in. 418118 245 Longest Side (with drip board) 21 in. (53 cm) Area — 294 sq. in. (1897 sq. cm) (Fry Pot must not exceed 15 in. x 14 in. (38 cm x 36 cm)) High Proximity 1 27 — 47 in. 418117 230 Low Proximity 1 20 — 27 in. 418118 245 Range Longest Side (High Proximity) 1 40 — 50 in. 418118 245 28 in. (71 cm) (102 — 127 cm) Area — 672 sq. in. (4335 sq. cm) Longest Side 1 30 — 40 in. 418119 260 (Medium Proximity) (76 — 102 cm) 28 in. (71 cm) Area — 672 sq. in. (4335 sq. cm) Longest Side (Low Proximity) 2 15 — 20 in. 418120 290 36 in. (91 cm) (38 — 51 cm) Area — 1008 sq. in. (6503 sq. cm) 'Use 2WH nozzle on 1.5 gallon, 6 flow, duct and plenum protection only. NOZZLE PLACEMENT REQUIREMENTS (Continued) Nozzle Application Chart (Continued) Hazard Griddle Chain Broiler* (Overhead Protection) Chain Broiler (Horizontal Protection) Gas -Radiant Chi - Electric Char -Broiler Lava -Rock Broiler Natural Charcoal Broiler Lava -Rock or Natural Charcoal Char -Broiler Mesquite Char -Broiler Upright Broiler Salamander Broiler Wok Maximum Hazard Dimensions Longest Side (High Proximity) 48 in. (122 cm) Area — 1440 sq. in. (9290 sq. cm) Longest Side (High Proximity) 30 in. (76 cm) Area — 720 sq. in. (1829 sq. cm) Longest Side (Medium Proximity) 48 in. (122 cm) Area — 1440 sq. in. (9190 sq. cm) Longest Side (Low Proximity) 48 in. (122 cm) Area — 1440 sq. in. (9290 sq. cm) Longest Side — 34 in. (86 cm) Area — 1088 sq. in. (7019 sq. cm) Length — 43 in. (109 cm) Width — 31 in. (79 cm) _ongest Side — 24 in. (61 cm) Area — 528 sq. in. (3406 sq. cm) Longest Side — 34 in. (86 cm) Area — 680 sq. in. (4388 sq. cm) Longest Side — 24 in. (61 cm) Area — 312 sq. in. (2013 sq. cm) Longest Side — 24 in. (61 cm) Area — 288 sq. in. (1858 sq. cm) Longest Side — 30 in. (76 cm) Area — 720 sq. in. (4645 sq. cm) Longest Side — 30 in. (76 cm) Area — 720 sq. in. (4645 sq. cm) Length — 32.5 in. (82.5 cm) Width — 30 in. (76 cm) Length — 32.5 in. (82.5 cm) Width — 30 in. (76 cm) 14 in. — 30 in. (36 — 76 cm) Diameter 3.75 — 8.0 in. (9.5 — 20 cm) Deep 14 in. — 18 in. (36 — 46 cm) Diameter 3.75 — 5.0 in. (9.5 — 13 cm) Deep Nozzle Nozzle Quantity Heights • SECTION IV — SYSTEM DESIGN UL EX. 3470 11-1-94 Page 4-25 Nozzle Part No. 1 30 — 50 in. 418119 (76 — 127 cm) (perimeter located) 1 30 — 50 in. 418120 (76 — 127 cm) (center located) 1 20 — 30 in. 418120 (51 — 76 cm) (perimeter located) 1 10 — 20 in. 418121 (25 — 51 cm) (perimeter located) 2 10 — 26 in. 56927/415567/417333 (25 — 66 cm) 2 1 — 3 in. 56930/415566/417332 (3 — 8 cm) 1 18 — 40 in. 418118 (46 — 102 cm) 56930/415566/417332 56930/415566/417332 56930/415566/417332 1 20 — 50 in. (51 — 127 cm) 1 18-35 in. (46 — 89 cm) 1 18 — 40 in. (46 — 102 cm) 1 14 — 40 in. (36 — 102 cm) 1 14 — 40 in. (36 — 102 cm) 2 — 2 — 76782 76782 56929 56929 1 35 — 45 in. 418119 (89 — 114 cm) Nozzle Tip Stamping — Flow No. 260 290 290 2120 1 W/1 WS/1 WSS 1 N/1 NS/1 NSS 245 1 N/1 NS/1 NSS 1 N/1 NS/1 NSS 1 N/1 NS/1 NSS 3N 3N 1 /2N 1 /2N 260 1 35 — 40 in. 56930/415566/417332 1 N/1 NS/1 NSS (89 — 102 cm) 'Minimum chain broiler exhaust opening — 12 in. x 12 in. (31 cm x 31 cm), and not less than 60% of internal broiler size. /c/ ��eje % ZTG� SCoQzB sr�z"7 \+ 4 PL 04 -AJ SC$4LE: 341= / -QI 7 4g 41,41i J Zen -#4-19 18 \ zER*5(o93a 4a 419 u'1 7300 •;,c),-Aic,eiry're%' / 7 ,A./L.4./�l (i /L.4� W 4-E,4 3. o &tL..0►.7 T�mrs s"" ^ 117 City of Tukwila Fire ChefCrawley Fire Department OFFICE TO: FROM: SUBJECT: DATE: MEMO Fireguard Sprinkler Systems, Inc. David L. Ray, .Fire Prevention Officer RED ROBIN, 17300 Southcenter Parkway, Tukwila, Wa. June 23, 1987 This will give permission to disconnect selected sprinkler heads in the remodel area. Occupancy is not allowed in this area until the sprinkler system coverage is restored. TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Please call: 575.4407 and give this job ___192. 91 and exact address for sh u ti down or restoration approval. FILE City of Tukwila Fire Department, 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Washington 98188 (206) 575-4404 FIREGUARD SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, INC. 309 South Cloverdale Street #C-10 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98108 (206) 763-4279 TO 1 L,( k4�bLA- Ftaj pr LAa„1 Qc�me� WE ARE SENDING YOU Attached 0 Under separate cover via '? Shop drawings 0 Copy of letter O Prints O Change order 11E17E2 ©IF 112QaSETIDU L DATE v • i. (0t Sr) JOS N vi Gs .4 ATTENTION F M . b°0‘g4 G,, ryQ RE Reb^/5 I 1 %CSR Pic-v4Y lu Iz iL Lia No-lA- . 1 bCLST I,K., ® £Yststn (41,,vwAEL the following items: ❑ Plans 0 Samples 0 Specifications 0 COPIES DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 1 G. t(o.eri 14 ( bCLST I,K., ® £Yststn (41,,vwAEL TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENZ Please call: b7t -4407, and give this job ,.o F7 7 —(9 _ and exact address for shut, down or restoration approval. THESE ARE TRANSMITTED as checked below: 18:1 For approval 0 Approved as submitted 0 Resubmit copies for approval ❑ For your use 0 Approved as noted 0 Submit copies for distribution -- 0 As requested 0 Returned for corrections 0 Return corrected prints ❑ For review and comment Sua.lectr �D FAcTertT( Mc.t.TUM.. AP642.avArt ❑ FOR BIDS DUE 19 0 PRINTS RETURNED AFTER LOAN TO US REMARKS RECEIVED BY......- JUN 1 71987 _ TUKWILA FIRE PREVENTION BUREAU LOLL COPY COPY TO PIroO ET 240.2 NEW/ re, ear, 01471 SIGNED: Ist.I If enclosures an not as noted, kindly notify us at once. SAFETYFIRST FIRE•SYSTEMS Complete Residential & Commercial Fire Sprinkler Systems P.O. Box 325 (206) 735-8722 Auburn, WA 98071 TO j DEPT, CLETITtEM 711aaZEo1 EL DATE -Iu-IS JOS NO. ATTENTION RE: P Ke -S) RP,/h-1 SANT 1rnP(10Ugm+e)a1� 17 3C) SDu-rf%C T 1L PiNepY I vKwtLA- u--)A-- WE ARE SENDING YOU Attached 0 Under separate cover via filicop drawings O Copy of letter ❑ Prints ❑ Change order 0 Plans 0 Samples the following items: 0 Specifications 0 COPIES DATE NO. DESCRIPTION 4 3 -to -'5 PRE- Pg ire Tio►.) (elJAr-'T ._i_,-r:Pkovern NTS THESE ARE TRAIySMITTED as checked below: le or approval 0 Approved as submitted 0 Resubmit copies for approval ❑ For your use 0 Approved as noted 0 Submit copies for distribution ❑ As requested 0 Returned for corrections 0 Return corrected prints ❑ For review and comment 0 O FOR BIDS DUE 19 0 PRINTS RETURNED AFTER LOAN TO US REMARKS MAR 1 u 19x5 • D,Z COPY TO SIGNED: If endow** an not as noted, kindly notify us at one 927 Rainier Avenue South Seattle, Washington 98144 (206)329-2040 r ANSUL SYSTEM MONITORING FILE Red Robin 1 . 1nnn smith Center Parkway ila, WA TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Please call: 575-4407 and give this job ACCEPTED Tukw WITHOUT COMMENTS. `WA NOTED IN RED APER THE ATTAC. iED LETTER The drawings affixed hereto have been reviewed and accepted by the City of Tukwila Fire Dept. Additions, deletions or revisions to these drawings after this date will void this acceptance and will require a resubmittal of revised drawings. Final acceptance is subject to field - inspection by a representative of this department DATE: 5/r, .BY:..a.ka. ._& _-...-- CITY OF TUKWILA 575-4407 No. ?-C-- F ' P6 and exact address for shut- down or restoration approval. p@mEu'r..[ MAY rw 1995 ✓ COMMERCIAL ✓ INDUSTRIAL ✓ RESIDENTIAL 1 COMPUTERS ✓ TELECOMMUNICATIONS ✓ ALARMS STAND ALONE APPLICATION D207IA CONTROL/COMMUNICATOR ANSUL CONTROL PANEL I2VAC 20VA TRANSFORMER I2V. 6AH BATTERY FORM "C" DRY CONTACT N.O. s-1— open - trouble short - alarm open - trouble Q - POWER LIMITED © - SUPERVISED NC C NO NC c NO 0 O 0 G 12 VAC. 20VA. 60 Hz 12 VAC. 20VA. 60 Hz EARTH GROUND BATTERY (-) BATTERY (+) INITIATING Al (-) INITIATING A2 (-) INITIATING BI (+) INITIATING B2 (+) SUPERVISORY HI SUPERVISORY LO TBL RELAY N.C. TBL RELAY COMM. TBL RELAY N.O. ALARM RELAY N.C. ALARM RELAY COMM. ALARM RELAY N.O. ALARM — INDICATING CIRCUIT SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT TELEPHONE — TROUBLE RELAY INITIATING — CIRCUIT ALARM RELAY SME Inc of Seattle RED ROBIN °� 0 South Center Pcrkw% OW6 DY Jo4e M44 PATG 5-2-415 %+u.G NO SCALE RA D IONICS D2071 Fire Control/Communicator Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (DACT) Installation and Programming Manual ' . Notice FCC Notice w. The material and instructions in this manual have been carefully checked for accuracy r and are presumed to be reliable. However, Radionics, Inc. assumes no responsibility ' for inaccuracies and reserves the right to modify and revise this manual without notice. It is our goal at Radionics to always supply accurate and reliable documentation. If a discrepancy is found in this documentation, please mail a photocopy of the corrected material to: Radionics, Inc ATTN: Technical Writing Department 1800 Abbott Street Salinas, CA 93901 This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy. If not installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, it may cause interference to radio communications. It has been tested and found to comply with the specifications in Subpart J of Part 15 of FCC Rules for Class B Computing Devices. If this equipment causes interference to radio or television reception — which can be determined by turning the equipment on and off — the installer is encouraged to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: 1) Reorient the antenna of the radio/television, 2) Connect the AC transformer to a different outlet so the control panel and radio/television are on different branch circuits, 3) Relocate the control panel with respect to the radio/television. If necessary, the installer should consult an experienced radio/television technician for additional suggestions, or send for the "Interference Handbook" prepared by the Federal Communications Commission. This booklet is available from the U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington D.C. 20402, stock no. 004-000-00450-7. The Radionics D2071 Control/Communicator is registered with the Federal Communications Commission under part 68, for connection to the public telephone network using an RJ31X/RJ38X jack installed by your local telephone company. FCC Registration Number: Ringer Equivalence: 74-05698-000-A 2/90 AJ9USA-61104-AL-E 0.0B (AC) 1.3B (DC) 020711nstallatlon/Programming Manual Page 1 01990 Radionics. Inc Table of Contents Section Page The D2071 Fire Control/Communicator 3 Introduction 3 Listings and Approvals Information 5 D2071 Control/Communicator Assembly 7 Installation 9 Before You Begin 10 0 Step 1: Earth Ground 10 ®®0 Step 2: Alarm Initiating Circuit 10 4D Step 3: Supervisory Circuit 12 Step 4: Initiating Circuit Alarm Relay 14 Step 5: Telephone Trouble Relay 14 Step 6: Primary Power Supply 15 Step 7: Secondary Power Supply and Charging Circuit 16 Step 8: Telephone Connections 17 Step 9: Cable Tie Installation 19 Step 10: D2071 Mounting 20 Step 11: End User Instruction Label 20 Programming 21 Introduction 21 Programmer Connection 21 Accessing the 2071:MAIN Handler 21 How to Edit the Program File 22 Program Entry Guide 22 Central Station Messages 25 Specifications 26 Tables and Figures Section Page Table 1: Mandatory Connections for NFPA 71 and 72C 6 Figure 1: D2071 Control/Communicator 7 Figure 2: Stand Alone Installation ,g Figure 3: Slave Communicator Installation 9 Figure 4A: Zone 2, Mode 1 12 Figure 4B: Zone 2, Mode 2 and 3 13 Figure 5: Form "C" Relays 14 Figure 6: RJ31X Wiring 18 Figure 7: Insert the Cable Tie 19 Figure 8: Secure the Cable Tie and Wires 19 C' 74-05698-000-A 2/90 02071 lnstallaticnlProgramming Manual Page 2 .01990 Radionics, Inc The D2071 Fire Control/Communicator . Introduction Control Panel The Radionics D2071 is a two zone Fire Alarm Control/Communicator designed for limited stand alone applications or in a slave application for off -premises monitoring of an existing Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). Zone 1 is a class "A" Alarm Initiating Circuit. It can be used to monitor waterflow or other initiating devices in a stand alone application, or to monitor an alarm output on an existing panel. Zone 2 is a class "B" Supervisory Circuit. It can be used to monitor sprinkler supervision devices in a stand alone application, or to monitor a trouble output on an existing panel. Primary and alternate telephone outputs enable the D2071 to communicate to the Central Station and/or Remote Station. A built-in phone line supervision circuit with trouble buzzer, LED and relay, provide local telephone trouble annunciation for both phone lines. The D2071 provides two optional form "C" relay outputs; one for annunciation of alarms on the Alarm Initiating Circuit, and the other forsupplementary annunciation of telephone line troubles. The D2071 is housed in a red plastic, non-conductive enclosure. This design allows the D2071 to be mounted in an existing fire alarm control enclosure and insulates the product from surrounding circuit boards or metal surfaces. Communicator The Radionics D2071 uses a built-in communicator to transmit reports to a digital receiver. The communicator uses two RJ31X or RJ38X jacks to connect to two separate telephone lines, providing aprimary and an alternate means of communicating to the central station receiver. The D2071 has full phone line seizure, and complies with FCC regulations for using the public telephone network. The communicator can be programmed to report to a primary telephone number, or if unsuccessful there, to an alternate number. The D2071 communicates with the digital receiver by means of one of two transmission formats, BFSK or Pulsed Fast Single Round Format, and only accepts the 2300 Hz acknowledgement tone. It is compatible with most major digital receivers meeting the requirements stated above. RFI/Lightning Protection The D2071 has been designed and tested to resist radio frequency interference, and high voltage surges which are common to lightning areas. Spark gaps and M.O.V.s provide the D2071 with additional electrical protection. 74-05698-000-A 2/90 02071 Installation/Programming Manual Page 3 0 1990 Radionlcs, Inc K-2071-030-040 Materials Included D2071 For slave applications the D2071 Control/Communicator is shipped from the factory completely assembled. Included are: installation information, a small adhesive - backed end user information label, two five -inch double -sided adhesive strips, two mounting screws and washers, a strain relief cable tie, 32" red and black dual connector battery leads, and one 1.8K ohm EOL resistor for the Supervision circuit. D2071C For stand alone applications the D2071 can also be purchased in a D2071C kit. This kit includes all of the accessories listed above in addition to; a D4103 enclosure, two D161 eight -conductor phone cords, a D 1220 transformer, and two knock -out support washers. Materials Needed The D2071 can be installed in an economical, fire listed enclosure (such as Radionics D8109 or D4103 for stand alone applications), or mounted in the same enclosure as other fire alarm control equipment. (Refer to Technogram 73-05809-000 for a list of U.L. approved FACPs, which are compatible with the D2071.) Following is a complete list of additional Radionics parts necessary for installing the D2071 in these two configurations: 74-05698-000-A 3/90 EQUIPMENT NOTES D126 Battery 12 V, 6 AH battery required for NFPA 72C stand alone applications when the D2071 is not powered by a control unit (the battery must provide 60 hours of standby plus five minutes of alarm operation). Use this battery only when configured in the 12 VAC mode. 12 V, 1.9 AH battery for NFPA 71 applications only (the battery must provide 24 hours of standby). Use this battery only when configured in the 12 VAC mode. To enable Phone Trouble Indicator Relay. To enable the Alarm Relay. Primary and alternate telephone connections. Use in the 12 VAC mode only. Or other U.L. listed fire enclosure. Loaded with 2071:INDEX and 2071:MAIN Product Handlers. For connecting the D5100 to the D2701. May be required in certain installations. D1219 Battery D136 Relay (Optional)(K5) D136 Relay (Optional)(K6) D161* or D162 Phone Cord (2) D1220 Transformer* D4103*/D8109 Enclosure (Optional) D5100 Programmer D5103A Cord or D5106 Interface D8004 Transformer Enclosure * Included in the D2071C kit. 02071 Installation/Programming Manual Page 4 /d. 4flna f%-,!- -• • K-2071-030-050 Listings and Approval Information Underwriters Laboratories has listed Radionics D2071 DACT under U.L. Standard 864 (Control Units Fire Signaling Systems) and 1635 (Digital Alarm Communicators) for Central Station Signaling Service (NFPA 71) and Remote Station Signaling Service (NFPA 72C). The D2071 should be installed in accordance with NFPA 70 (NEC article 760). Approvals are pending for Factory Mutual (FM), California State Fire Marshal (CSFM), and New York City Board of Standards and Appeals (NYCBSA). To comply with Central Station Fire (NFPA 71) or Remote Station (NFPA 72C) Signaling Service, the D2071 must be connected as described in the chart on the following page. Detailed instructions concerning wiring can be found in the Installation section. • - Important: The class "A" and class "B" circuits are mandatory connections for NFPA 71 and 72C slave and stand alone applications as defined in Table 1. • Important: For slave communicator applications the D2071 is designed for connection to a 24 VDC Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) and does not require a battery to be installed. It cannot be connected to a 12 VDC power supply or a control panel which only provides 12 VAC output. In such instances when the FACP does not provide a 24VDC output, a D126 battery, a D1220 transformer„ and a listed enclosure will be required for slave communicator applications. Slave Communicator Applications To serve as a slave communicator and provide signaling connections only, the D2071 must be connected to an existing U.L. listed NFPA 71, 72C, or 72A fire alarm control panel. Following are examples of three different applications for which the D2071 can be• used in compliance with NFPA standards. 1. To provide NFPA 71 connections for an existing control panel to replace McCulloh or Multiplex type transmitters when only a summary alarm and summary trouble signal is required. 2. To provide NFPA 72C Remote Station signaling connections for a U.L. listed, 72C fire alarm control panel. 3. To provide Central Station or Remote Station connections to an NFPA 72A local fire alarm control panel when required by code. 74-05698-000-A 2/90 D2071 Installation/Programming Manual Page 5 01990 Radionics. Inc Battery Back -Up O® D126, 12VDC, 6AH D1219, 12VDC, 1.9AH Class "A" Circuit - Connect To: ®®®® Retard/Reset Time: OK» OK Required NO Required Required OK NO Maximum of five waterflow switches or up to 100 mechanically activated initiating devices (heat detectors or manual pull stations). Not suitable for smoke detectors. Consult the appropriate (Waterflow Alarm Only) standard or as allowed by the authority having jurisdiction. Class "B" Circuit Recommended Mode: Connect To: CAD Earth Ground 1,2,3 1 2,3 Can monitor up to 20 valve supervisory switches. N.O. dry alarm output contacts of an existing FACP. N/A 1 N.C. dry trouble contacts of an existing FACP. Yes No Table 1: Mandatory Connections for NFPA 71 and 72C ') A D126 can be used, but a D1219 is adequate. Receiving Equipment The fire alarm control panel must report to compatible, U.L. listed receiving equipment which meets the following processing capabilities: 1. Fire Alarm 2. System Trouble 3. Low Battery 4. 24 Hour Test 5. System Restoral 74-05698-000-A 2/90 D2071 lnstallatIon/Programming Manual Page 6 81990 Radionics, Inc 02071 Control/Communicator Assembly D2071 Enclosure Size: 6.74" x 4.40" x 1.05" Color: Red. Construction: UL94V-O flame rated, ABS plastic, non-conductive enclosure. The D2071 enclosure cover can be slid open approximately 2 inches to expose the terminal strip, the programming jack and the two form "C" relay sockets. There is no reason to completely remove the cover during installation or for service. PROGRAMMER PHONE UNE PHONE LINE TERMINAL CONNECTOR TROUBLE TROUBLE MOUNTING BLOCK (J3) BUZZER LED (Yellow) TAB Figure 1: D2071 Control/Communicator Telephone Trouble Relay (K5) Install the optional 1)136 Relay in this socket (three legs up) when using the Telephone Trouble Relay (terminals 12 thru 14) for a remote phone line failure indicator. (Activated temporarily upon power -up.) Alarm Relay (K6) Install the optional 1)136 Relay in this socket (three legs up) when using the Initiating Circuit Alarm Relay (terminals 15 thru 17) for remote alarm indications or such. Primary Modular -Phone Jack This phone jack provides the D2071 with the primary means of communicating to the Central or Remote Station. Alternate Modular Phone Jack The alternate phone jack provides the alternative means of communicating with the Central or Remote Station should the Primary telephone line fail for any reason. If the primary line fails to contact the Central or Remote Station after two attempts, it switches to the alternate line. 74-05698-000-A 2/90 02071 lnstallatlon/Programm/ng Manual Page 7 01990 Radbnlcs, Inc K-2071-030-080 Phone Line Trouble Buzzer This buzzer indicates when telephone line trouble on either the Primary or Alternate telephone lines or a failure to communicate is detected. The buzzer is silenced only when the phone line trouble is corrected and the restoral message has been received by the Central Station. The yellow LED provides a visual annunciation in addition to the phone line trouble buzzer. (Activated temporarily upon power -up.) Phone Line Trouble LED (Yellow) This yellow LED can be seen through the top of the D2071 enclosure. The phone line trouble buzzer also provides phone trouble annunciation in addition to the LED. (Activated temporarily upon power -up.) Programmer Connector (J3) The D2071 is connected to the Radionics 05100 Bar Code Programmer using either the D5106 Programmer Interface or the D5103A Programmer Cord. Terminal Strip Used to connect system wiring for Power, Ground, a class "A" Alarm Initiating circuit, a class "B" Supervisory circuit, and two form "C" relay outputs. Strain Relief Tab This tab is used to prevent unnecessary strain on connections to the D2071. Secure ( all wire running from the D2071 to the strain relief tab using the enclosed cable tie. Mounting Tabs These tabs are located on each end of the D2071 to provide an alternative means of mounting the D2071. Adhesive strips can also be used to mount the D2071. 74-05698-000-A 2/90 02071 Installation/Programming Manual K-2011-030-090 © - Power Limited SCJ - Supervised Installation 01219,12V,1.9AH Battery + 0128, 12V, 6AH Battery - Figure 2: Stand Alone Installation © - Power Limited 0 - Supervised Primary Power Supply - 24 VDC Supply + from UL Listed Fire Alarm Control Panel - Dry Closure Alarm Indicator Relay Adjacent Fire Alarm Control Panel Dry Closure Trouble Indicator Relay r 12 AC. 20VA Transformer Alternate Power Supply 0128,12V, 8AH Battery - or 01219, 12V 1,9AH Bane + min Figure 3: Slave Communicator Installation 74-nRAOR-nnrt* !,tun Open - Trouble Short - Alarm Open - Trouble Open „Ib Ala NO NO 4 0 0 0 0 11 tts 12 VAC, 20 VA, 60 Hz 12 VAC, 20 VA, 60 Hz EARTH GND BATTERY - BATTERY + INITIATING A1 - INITIATING A2 - INITIATING 81 + NITIATING 82 + UPERVISORy HI UPERVISORY L TBL RELAY NC TOL RELAY COM TBL RELAY NO ALARM RELAY NC ALARM RELAY COM ALARM RELAY NO Max Charging Current 300 mA ALARM INITIATING ' CIRAUIT SUPERVISORY O CIRCUIT TELEPHONE TROUBLE RELAY Max Rating 2A 30 VDC INITIATING CIRCUIT ALARM RELAY 2A Max 0RVDg C 12 VAC, 20 VA, 60 Hz, OR + 24 VDC 12 VAC, 20 VA, 60 Hz, OR - 24 VDC EARTH GND BATTERY - © BATTERY + INITIATING Al - INITIATING A2 - INITIATING 131 + INITIATING 82 + SUPERVISORY HI DO NOT CONNECT Max, Charging Current 300 mA Use only with Tranabmwr SUPERVISORY LO TBL RELAY NC TBL RELAY COM TBL RELAY NO ALARM RELAY NC ALARM RELAY COM ALARM RELAY NO D2071 Installation/Programming Manual ALARM INITIATING CIRCUIT SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT TELEPHONE TROUBLE RELAY Max Rating 2A 30 VDC INITIATING CIRCUIT ALARM RELAY Max Rating 2A 30 VDC Before You Begin The following steps serve as an outline for installing components in the D2071 Control/Communicator. Be aware that when installing the D2O71 there are some variations between theStandAlone Applications (Figure 2), and Slave Communicator Applications (Figure 3). Some terminals are wired differently for each application. Step 1: Earth Ground Wiring Stand Alone Applications Terminal 3 must be connected to a proper earth ground, such as a cold water pipe or a ground rod (see Figure 2). Slave Communicator Applications Do not connect earth ground to the D2071 when connected to the 24VDC output of an existing fire alarm control panel. Doing so may cause a continuous ground fault condition on the fire control panel. Step 2: Alarm Initiating Circuit Description Zone 1 is a four -wire, class "A" initiating circuit. It can be used for connection of up to five waterflow alarm switches or up to 100 mechanically operated devices such as heat detectors or manual pull stations. Waterflow switches can not be combined with other types of devices. Unlike two wire class "B" circuits which are supervised by an end -of -line resistor, the double loop class "A" circuit is capable of providing alarm response from all associated initiating devices despite the presence of a single open or ground fault condition. Connect detection devices to the D2071 as shown in Figures 2 and 3. For waterflow alarms on wet pipe sprinkler systems, the D2O71 has programmable retard (Retard Time) and reset (Reset Time) times used to compensate for water pressure surges. Class "A" Circuit Parameters Resistance between the wiring and connections on the class "A" circuit can be no more than 100 ohms per loop (Al and A2=1002 max., B1 and B2=1005) max.). To determine the electrical condition of the class "A" Alarm Initiating circuit, use a multimeter to measure the voltage across the terminal connections. The loops must be in a normal condition, and the D2071 must be powered up. Connect the multimeter to a negative (—) terminal (6 or 7) and the other end to positive (+) terminal (8 or 9). The input voltages should be as follows: 74-05698-000.A 2/90 02071 Installation/Programmfng Manual Page 10 01990 Radanics. Inc Class "A" Circuit Parameters (cont.) Electrical Condition Multimeter Reading (measured zone input voltage) Normal 0 ® = 1.92 VDC Alarm (Shorted) 00 = 0.30 VDC Programming Retard and Reset Times The Zone 1 retard/reset feature should only be used with waterflow switches and/or controls not using a retard/reset feature of their own. The feature prevents false alarms such as a brief activation of the waterflow alarm switch. This may occur during water supply pressure surges in a wet pipe sprinkler system. Wiring The programmed retard time interval determines the length off time that the waterflow switch must remain activated before an alarm is initiated. Generally, a 15 second retard is adaquate, but a longer interval may possibly be necessary when extended surge conditions exist. The reset time is an additional programmable feature designed to compensate for sprinkler alarm valve "fanning" conditions which sometimes occurs in wet pipe systems with unique hydraulic problems. When a sprinkler head operates or the inspector's test valve is opened to simulate a single head in operation, alarm valve fanning may occur. If valve fanning does occur, the water flow switch will not remain activated long enough to overcome the retard time, but will alternately cycle between activated and normal status for short intervals. The retard timer (Retard Time) keeps track of the amount of time which the Alarm Initiating Circuit is in the alarm condition. If the circuit enters a non -alarm (restored or trouble) state the count is held at the current value. If another alarm condition is detected the count resumes from where it left off. When the time specified in Retard Time has been fully accumulated, in one or several successive alarm activations, the unit initiates callout and activates the alarm relay. The retard time is reset to zero only if there hasn't been an alarm condition for the amount of time specified in Reset Time. The reset timer is reset to zero whenever the Alarm Initiating Circuit goes into alarm. The zone will not send a restoral after an alarm until the Alarm Initiating Circuit has been normal for the time specified in Reset Time. Stand Alone Applications Connect the normally -open contact of water flow switches (maximum of 5), or mechanically activated initiating devices in parallel as shown in Figure 2. 74-0569EI-000-A 2/90 D2071 installation/ProgrammIng Manual Page 11 ®1990 RadionIcs, Inc Inv sling wont.) Slave Communicator Applications Connect this circuit to an alarm indicator output (normally -open, dry closure) on cher fine control panel (see Figure 3). Connect terminals 6 and 7 to the common contact,. and terminals 8 and 9 to the normally -open contact. Retard Time and Reset Time must be programmed for 0 seconds when connecting the Alarm Initiating Circuit to an existing control panel. Step 3: Supervisory Circuit Description Zone 2 is a class "B" circuit which can monitor sprinkler supervision devices such as valve tampers (maximum of 20) in stand alone applications, or can monitor the common trouble output of an associated control panel when used as a slave communicator. Dry contact devices may be connected to this loop in series (normally -closed), or in parallel (normally -open). Install the 1.8K S2 resistor at the end of the Class "B" circuit if needed (see Figures 4A/4B). The Class "B" circuit can be wired three different ways, Mode 1, 2, or3. Programming for the type of mode used is done in program item Class B Mode. NOTE: Mode 1, has only two status conditions. The alarm status can only be identified by an alarm signal. In this case the alarm signal would actually indicate a sprinkler supervision signal or control panel trouble signal. Modes 2 and 3 have three status conditions each. The "off normal" status can be programmed for either a trouble or alarm signal. 10D The Mode 1 wiring is for connection to the normally -closed trouble output contacts of an existing control panel (slave). It is acceptable for sprinkler supervision (stand alone) in NFPA 71 Central Station Installations but not for NFPA 72C Remote Station Systems. For NFPA 72C, either Mode 2 or Mode 3 wiring is required, with Mode 3 being recommended. For more information concerning Modes and NFPA requirements, refer to the Listings and Approvals section in the front of this manual. MODE 1 The loop is N.C. only. No EOL is used and the loop is not supervised for troubles. This mode is recommended for NFPA 71 using Slave and Stand Alone applications and for NFPA 72C using Slave applications. This mode is not acceptable for 72C Stand Alone applications. • Normal: 0.0 VDC • Alarm (Open): 1.8VDC Figure 4A: Zone 2, Mode 1 02071 installation/Programming Manual 74-05698-000-A 2/90 Page 12 01990 Radionlcs, Inc Wiring 1.8K n Resistor 1.8K A Resistor MODE 2 A 1.8K O EOLresistor is used across each N.C. contact in the series loop. This mode is acceptable for NFPA 71 and 72C Stand Alone applications. • Normal: 0.0 VDC • Alarm (Resistance): 1.8 VDC A single off nonnal device puts the loop into alarm. • Trouble (Break): 9.3 VDC A broken circuit, or multiple off normal devices also put the loop into trouble (unless the loop was previously in alarm). MODE 3 A 1.8K fl EOL resistor is used at the end of the parallel loop which reports troubles upon an open. Mode 3 can be used for sprinkler supervision in NFPA 71 and 72C Slave applications or for trouble reports from the FACP. This is the recommended mode for 72C Slave applications. • Normal: 5.8 VDC • Alarm (Closed): 1.7 VDC • Trouble (Open ): 10.28 VDC Figure 4B: Zone 2, Modes 2 and 3 Stand Alone Applications Connect the supervision device, such as a valve tamper switch, to terminals 10 and 11 as shown in Figures 4A/4B. Don't forget to program item Class B Mode. Resistance between the wiring and connections on the class "B" circuit can be no more than 100 ohms. Slave Communicator Applications When connecting the D2071 to an existing fire control panel, use Mode 1 configuration for slave communicator applications (see Figure 4A). Connect terminals 10 and 11 to the system trouble output (N.C., dry closure) on the existing fire control panel. Connect terminal 10 to the normally -closed contact, and terminal 11 to the common contact. D2071 program item Class B Mode must be programmed as mode 1. ♦ Important: When Mode 1, 2, and 3 are used, an alarm will be sent to the Central Station which must be interpreted as a trouble signal. Class "B" Circuit Parameters To determine the electrical condition of the class "B" Supervisory circuit, use a voltmeter to measure the voltage across the terminal connections (refer to Figures 4A/ B for loop voltages). The loop must be connected, and the D2071 must be powered up. 74-05698-000-A 2/90 02071 Installation/Programming Manual Page 13 ®1990 Radionics, Inc Step 4: Initiating Circuit Alarm Relay Description The Initiating Circuit Alarm relay is an optional, form "C" dry contact rated at 2' ampere maximum current at 30 VDC (power from independent supply). The relay can be activated (reverse state) by an alarm condition on the class "A" Alarm Initiating Circuit (Zone 1) and willdeactivate when the zone is restored to normal. Terminal 16 is the circuit common, terminal 15 is normally -closed and terminal 17 is normally -open. When in a normal state, terminals 15 and 16 have continuity. When activated, terminals 16 and 17 have continuity. Relay Installation Install an optional D136 Relay into Alarm Relay socket K6 of the D2071. 1. Slide back the D2071 cover to expose the K6 relay socket as shown in Figure 5. 2. Place the relay into socket K6. The plug-in relay has two legs on one side and three legs on the other side. When inserting the relay, always ensure that it is oriented as shown in Figure 5. The relay can be installed flush left or right. Step 5: Telephone Trouble Relay Description c0' 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 noo OUBLE RE&Y K8 444+141 ALARM RELAY • Figure 5: Form "C" Relays The Telephone Trouble Relay is an optional form "C" dry contact rated at 2 ampere maximum current at 30 VDC (power from independent supply). The relay is activated (reverse state) by a communication failure or a faulted condition on either the Primary or Alternate telephone line. For phone line supervision, the Primary telephone line reports to the digital receiver as Zone B and the Alternate telephone line reports as Zone C. Terminal 13 is the circuit common, terminal 12 is normally -closed and terminal 14 is normally -open. When in a normal state, terminals 12 and 13 have continuity. When activated, terminals 13 and 14 have continuity. The relay is restored after a phone line failure only when the phone line trouble is corrected and the restoral message is acknowledged by the digital receiver. 74-05698-000-A 2/90 D2071 Installation/Programming Manual Page 14 ®1990 RadbnIcs, Inc Relay Installation Install an optional D136 Relay into the Trouble Relay socket K5 of the D2071 (see Figure 5). Install the D136 into socket K5 as described in the relay installation procedures for the Intitating Circuit Alarm Relay. Wiring Connect any low voltage supplementary indicating devices for phone trouble to this circuit. Do not use the D2071's standby battery to provide a power output for this circuit. In some slave communicator applications the Telephone Trouble Relay (terminals 12-14) on the D2071 can be connected to a trouble zone input on the fire alarm control panel. Step 6: Primary Power Supply The D2071 Control/Communicator can be powered one of two ways® 0 , using a 12 VAC, 20 VA transformer OR connected to the 24 VDC output of another panel. Either method can be used for NFPA 71 or 72C applications. The D2071 must not be connected to a 12 VDC power supply from an existing control panel. In such cases, a transformer and battery will be required as for stand alone applications. NOTE: The trouble buzzer, relay and LED will temporarily activate upon AC or battery power up indicating panel is operation!. 12 VAC Mode Connect the 12 VAC, 20 VA transformer (Radionics model #D1220, purchased separately) to Terminals 1 and 2 using 18 AWG wire (maximum length 50 ft.). A D8004 transformer enclosure for the D1220 transformer may be needed in certain installations as required by the authority having jurisdiction. 12 Volt Mode must be programmed "Yes". This supply will float charge a standard Radionics D126 or D1219 battery connected to the D2071. For NFPA 71 applications, the 110/120VAC, 60Hz commercial power must be be unswitched and from a reliable source. For NFPA 72C applications, a dedicated branch circuit must be used to supply the 110/120VAC power for the transformer. The circuit must have a means of being disconnected, available only to authorized personnel, and identified as a "Fire Alarm Control Circuit". ♦ Important: Never share the transformer with other equipment! A foreign ground on the AC input will damage the D2071's power circuit. 24 VDC Mode An uninterrupted 24 VDC, regulated ouput from an existing fire control panel can be connected to terminals 1 and 2 of the D2071. A 12 VDC standby battery cannot be connected to the D2071 when this mode is used. 12 Volt Mode must be programmed "No". Terminals 1 and 2 are polarity protected in the 24 VDC mode. ♦ Important: In the 24VDC mode, DO NOT use a standby battery or earth ground the D2071. 74-05698-000-A 2/90 D2071 Installation/Programming Manual Page 15 0 1990 Radbn(cs, Inc Step 7: Secondary Power Supply and Charging Circuit Battery . For NFPA 72C applications a 12 VDC, 6 AH sealed, lead -acid, rechargeable battery (Radionics model #D126) supplies power for the system during interruptions in primary (AC) power. For NFPA 71 applications a 12 VDC, 1.9 AH sealed, lead -acid, rechargeable battery (Radionics model D1219) will provide the standby power necessary to meet NFPA requirements. The D2071 charging circuit is calibrated only for lead -acid type batteries. Do not connect the D2071 to a battery when it is using 24 VDC from an existing panel. NOTE: The trouble buzzer, relay and LED will temporarily activate upon AC or battery power up indicating panel is operationl. Battery installation Install the battery in an upright position at the base of the metal fire enclosure. Connect the negative side of the battery (black) to D2071 terminal 4 with black wire. Connect the positive side of the battery (red) to D2071 terminal 5 with the red wire. Replacement Manufacturer recommends battery replacement every 3 to 5 years under normal use. Do not install the transformer into a power source that is routinely switched off. This causes heavy discharges of the battery resulting in premature failure. Battery Supervision When- adequate power is applied, the D2071 will send a RESTORAL ZN 9. If AC power is supplied to the D2071, a RESTORAL ZN 9 will be sent even if the system is not connected to a battery. NOTE: A RESTORAL ZN 9 is also sent after a programming session has been completed. During an AC power loss, the battery supplies all power to the D2071. In doing so, the battery slowly discharges. When the battery voltage drops below a certain voltage (refer to the Battery Discharge/Recharge Schedules), the Control/Communicator sends a TROUBLE ZN 9 report to the digital receiver. Battery Charging Circuit The D2071 charges the battery with a float charge circuit. Maximum charging current is 300 mA. Charging voltage varies depending on the power source (refer to the Battery Discharge/Recharge Schedules). After the AC is restored the battery begins to charge. At 13.8 volts the battery stops charging. 74-05698-000-A 2/90 02071 Installation/Programming Manual Page 16 01990 Radionics, Inc 12 VAC - Battery Discharge/Recharge Schedule* Source being supervised is the D2071 battery. " Discharge Cycle 13.8 volts - Battery float voltage. 11.8 volts - Battery trouble report (TROUBLE ZN 9). 8.5 volts - Disable all processing and memory functions (deep battery discharge can occur below this level). Recharge Cycle AC On - Battery recharging begins. 9.0 volts - Battery trouble report (only if battery discharged below 8.5 volts). 12.7 volts Battery restoral report (RESTORAL ZN 9). 13.8 volts - Battery charged. 24 VDC - Battery Discharge/Recharge Schedule* Source being supervised is the 24 VDC battery input from FACP. Discharge Cycle 27.6 volts - Battery float voltage. 24.3 volts - Battery trouble report (TROUBLE ZN 9). 11.1 volts - Disable Recharge Cycle AC On - Battery recharging begins. 27.6 volts - Battery restoral report (RESTORAL ZN 9). 27.6 volts - Battery charged. * Actual voltage may vary by as much as ± 5% r.\ Step 8: Telephone Connections Telephone Cord(s) Installation • Location Connect the Primary phone line to the D2071 modular Jack "J1" using a D161 or D 162 phone coni. Connect the Alternate phone line to the D2071 modular Jack "J2" using another D161 or D162 phone cord. Important: Separate primary and alternate phone lines MUST be connected to the D2071 for NFPA 71 and 72C Applications. To prevent jamming of alarm and other signals, the RJ31 X/RJ38X jack must be wired and located within the system so that normal phone use is temporarily interrupted while the communicator transmits data (see Figure 6). After installation, confirm that the, communicator seizes the line, acquires dial tone, and reports correctly to the central station. 74-05698-000-A 2/90 02071 lnstallatlon/Programming Manual Page 17 0 1990 Radionics, Inc K-2071-030-180 PREMISES FULL MODULAR PHONE JACK PHONE R1 e 1 7./4 47)r T1 02 Q 3 0 4 m 5 Q 6 07 08 R RJ31X MODULE INCOMING TELCO LINE Figure 6: RJ31X Wiring Telephone Line Supervision The D2071 monitors both the Primary and Alternate telephone lines while the communicator is idle. If there is a pending message, the D2071 does not "sniff" the phone lines until the message is resolved by either communicating it or until a communication failure occurs. Each line is "tested" once a minute if both lines are good. If a line is determined to be out of service, it steps up the test rate and samples at the rate of once every ten seconds. If after 15 samples (150 seconds) the trouble still exists, the Phone Fail LED is activated and the buzzer begins to sound. The Telephone Trouble Relay will also be activated if it is used to annunciate a local phone trouble indicator. Phone line trouble is defined as line voltage below 10 VDC and current less than 10 mA. Total time for trouble indication is 210-240 seconds. The buzzer and light are restored after a phone line failure, only when the phone line trouble is corrected and the restoral message is acknowledged by the digital receiver. They are restored after a communications failure when a successful transmission has been made to the Central Station. A TROUBLE ZN E message is sent after one failed transmission attempt. Cali Routing After two failed attempts to reach the Central or Remote Station on the primary telephone line, the D2071 will switch to the alternate telephone line. The D2071 will continue alternating between the primary and alternate lines until ten attempts to contact the Central or Remote Station have been made. If after ten attempts, contact is still not made, the D2071 will go into communications failure and the Phone Fail LED and Phone Trouble Buzzer will come on. Total time before Comm Fail is nine to ten minutes. Any message that was in the buffer prior to Comm Fail will not be reported. 74 -fl QR..nnn_A 9041 D2D71 Installation/Programming Manual 0 ,..,. 413 r K-2071-030-190 Call Routing (cont.) Notification Attempt 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Routing Phone Number 1 • Phone Number 1 Phone Number 2 Phone Number 1 Phone Number 2 Phone Number 1 Phone Number 2 Phone Number 1 Phone Number 2 Phone Number 1 Primary Line Primary Line Alternate Line Alternate Line Primary Line Primary Line Alternate Line Alternate Line Primary Line Primary Line Registered equipment may NOT be connected to party lines or coin operated telephones. If the local telephone company requests notification before the communicator is connected to the telephone network, the following information should be supplied: 1) the particular line to which service is to be connected, 2) the make, model and serial number of the device, and 3) the FCC registration number and ringer equivalence. • Important: If the telephone company makes changes in its communications facilities, equipment, operations, or procedures which may affect the performance of the communicator, the phone company is obligated to notify the user in writing. Step 9: Cable Tie Installation After making all of the necessary connections, secure all wire coming out of the D2071 to the Strain Relief Tab: 1. String the cable tie through the middle of the "H" shaped Strain Relief Tab. 2. Bunch all of the wiring coming out of the D2071 together (see Figure 7). Make sure none of them become disconnected. STRAIN RELIEABF CABLE TIE Figure 7: Insert the Cable Tie 74-05698-000-A 2/90 Figure 8: Secure the Cable Tie and Wires 02071 Installation/Programming Manual Step 9: Cable Tie Installation (cont.) 3. Wrap the cable tie around the wire and firmly seCU1e the tie to the Strain Relief Tab (see Figure 8). Step 10: D2071 Mounting The D2O71 can be mounted inside a U.L. listed fire enclosure of appropriate size or, since the D2071 enclosure is non-conductive, it can be mounted in the same enclosure with existing fire alarm control equipment. For a list of compatible fire alarm control panels that are U.L. listed with the D2O71, refer to Technogram 73-05809-000. When installing the D2071, leave mom on the bottom of the enclosure for the battery. Do not mount the D2071 in a location where it will restrict the flow of coolin air to the power supply or similar device. g When the existing fire alarm control panel does notprovjde adequate mountingspace, the D2071 must be mounted in a U.L. listed enclosure such as the D4103 or D8109 and connected to the fire alarm control panel by conduit (not to exceed 20 feet). The enclosure can be mounted one of two ways: Adhesive Strips 1. Turn the D2071 over to show the back of the enclosure. 2. Remove one side of the protective backing from one 5" adhesive strip. 3. Stick the strip firmly to the top edge of the enclosure back. 4. Remove one side of the protective backing from the other 5" adhesive stri. 5. Stick the strip firmly to bottom edge of the D2071 enclosure back. p 6. Bend back or remove any tabs on the steel enclosure that may prevent the D2071 from being securely mounted. 7. Attach the D2071 to the enclosure and firmly press to secure the adhesive strips. ScrQw Mounting 1. Determine mounting location. 2. Position enclosure in mounting location. 3. Using a pencil, mark the location of the mounting tab holes. 4. Drill an appropriate size (1/8") hole for mounting. 5. Mount the D2071 using two enclosed #8 screws and washers. Step 11: End User Instruction Label Since the D2071 does not have any end user serviceable parts, we have enclosed an end user label which contains information concerning the operation of the D2071. Affix this label in a location easily seen by the end user, such as the front of the metal enclosure where the D2071 is mounted. 02071 lnstallatbn/Pmgramm/ng Manual Page 20 74-05698-000-A 3/90 ®1990 RadbnIcs, Inc Programming Introduction The Radionics D2071 is programmed with the Radionics D5100 Bar Code Programmer containing the 2071:INDEX and 2071:MAIN Product Handler and equipped with a D5106 Programmer Interface or a D5103A Progamming Cord. Before programming the D2071 you should be familiar with the operations of the D5100 Bar Code Programmer. NOTE: The D2071 can be programmed prior to installation however, since it may not be connected to an operating phone line, the phone fail buzzer will come on after approximately nine minutes, indicating a communications failure. This occurs only if the unit remains powered. Programmer Connection To access the four -pin Programmer grammer Connector 03), 'slide back the cover on the D2071. The Programmer Connector is located adjacent to terminal 1 (see Figure 1). Connect the Radionics D5100 Bar Code Programmer by plugging one end of the D5103A or D5106 into connector J3 on the D2071 board. After connecting the D2071 to the D5100 it is ready to be programmed. It is not necessary to reset the D2071 before loading to, or copying from, the panel. Accessing the 2071:MAIN Handier 1. Starting at OmegaWand 2.1, scan the ADVANCE bar code until 2071 Index ##.## appears. Scan ENTER. 2. When 2071 MAIN appears, scan ENTER. 3. 2071 MAIN 0#.#,P flashes briefly displaying the software version number. 4. MAIN: New File appears, scan ENTER. 5. When MAIN: appears, insert a file name. 6. Scan ENTER to access the Program Modules. To escape the 2071:MAIN Handler, scan the EXIT bar code until the Programmer displays OmegaWand 2.1. 74-05698-000-A 2/90 02071 Installation/Programming Manual Page 21 01990 Radionics. Inc I DTMF Dialing Yes I 1 How to Edit the Program File Each D2071 Control/Communicator programming option (Program Item) is listOd with a Display and a Default (as they appear in the Programmer display), a set bf Selections, and a Description. A typical Program Item can be seen below. The Selections are the only entries available for a particular Program item. Below, the Program item Account #scan only use 0 through 9, B through F, or no entry. Do not use unlisted entries. Words in the description which have been printed in bold face are descriptive words used in the Program Item prompt. Program Entry Guide Display After installation has been completed, the D2071 is ready for programming. The 2071:MAIN standard default program is loaded into the D2071 at the factory prior to shipment for your convenience. Default !Account 0 !Transmit BFSK No I PNPre I Pr!Ph# Selections 0 through 9 B through F Blank Yes or No Yes or No '0 through 9 B through F Blank 0 through 9 B through F Blank Description Enter up to three characters for the Account number. The D2071 cannot accept jour character account numbers. All entries should be right justified. Blank Entry = No account number (sends 000 in pulse, sends nothing in BFSK). Program the Central Station reporting format. Yes = Transmit in BFSK format with 2300 Hz acknowledgement. No = Transmit in fast, single round, expanded pulsed format with a checksum digit and 2300Hz acknowledgement. Yes = Dual Tone Multi -Frequency Dialing of the telephone numbers. No = Pulse dialing. Primary central station receiver telephone number. Prefix. Enter up to nine characters!). Blank Entry = No prefix/area code. A delay of up to 7 seconds will be automatically inserted in front of the prefix. Primary central station receiver telePhone number. Enter up to seven digit I). Blank Entry = No telephone number. ') For PNPre, PrIPh#, A!tPre, and AItPh#entries: B = * (used in PBX systems). C = 3 second pause. D = 7 second dial tone wait. E. = # (used in PBX systems). F = Changes DTMF dialing to rotary or vice versa. 74-05698-000-A 2/90 D2071 Installation/Programming Manual Page 22 a 1990 Radionics, Inc Display Default Selections rAltPre AItPh# » 0 through 9 B through F Blank 0 through 9 B through F to Blank ♦ I Description Alternate central station receiver telephone number Prefix. Enter up to nine characters». Blank Entry = No prefix/area code. A delay of up to 7 seconds will be automatically inserted in front of the prefix. Alternate central station receiver telePhone number. Enter up seven digits». Blank Entry = No telephone number. mportant: For NFPA 71 and 72C applications an alternate telephone MUST be programmed. For PriPre, PrIPh#, AItPre, and AltPh#entries: B =* (used in D = 7 second dial tone wait. E = # (used in PBX systems).F = ChangeX s DTMF tems). to rotarysecond pause. or vice versa.dialing to or 12 Volt Mode Yes Class B Mode 3 Retard Time 0 IReset Time 0 Yes or No 1 through 3 0 through 90 0 through 90 74-05698-000-A 2/90 Enable 12 or 24 Volt operation Mode. Yes = 12 VAC, 20 VA, 60 Hz transformer operation. No = 24 VDC supply from an existing fire panel. Program the mode of operation for the Class "B" Supervisory Loop. For detailed mode specifications refer to the Supervisory circuit installation instructions. Mode 1 = 1 Mode 2=2 Mode 3=3 Program the Retard Timer for the Alarm Initiating Circuit (class "A" circuit). Enter the number of seconds for the retard time. After the alarm is detected, the retard time delays the start time for initiation of the alarm. If the faulted condition is restored before the Retard time expires, the alarm is not initiated. For more detailed explanation of the retard timer, see the Alarm Initiating Circuit installation instructions. NOTE: Consult the appropriate NFPA Standard or the local authority having jurisdiction for acceptable retard times. Program the Reset Timer for the Alarm Initiating Circuit (class "A" circuit). Enter the number of seconds before the circuit is reset. Reset delays the restoral of the alarm after a fault is detected by the seconds programmed in this item. For more detailed explanation of the reset timer, see the Alarm Initiating Circuit installation instructions. D2071 Installatbn/ProgrammIng Manual Page 23 01990 Radlonlcs, Inc Display Default I Hrs Til Rpt 0 !Mins Til Rpt 0 Selections Description 0 through 25 Number of Hours unTil the first test Report is sent. Program the number of hours from when 'the panel is powered up, or reset with the programmer, to when the first test report is sent. If this entry and Min Til Rptare both left defaulted at 0, the first test report is sent in 12 hours and all subsequent reports are sent at 24 hour intervals thereafter. 0 to 59 Number of Minutes unTil the first test Report is sent. Program the amount of additional minutes the first test report is delayed over and above the hours programmed in Hrs Til Rpt. Test Timer Notes: When the unit is powered up, the first test will occur 12 hours later, unless a different delay is programmed in Hrs Til Rpt and/or Mins Til Rpt 74-05698-000-A 2/90 D2071 lnstallation/Programming Manual Page 24 01990 Radionic% Inc Central Station Messages ALARM ZN 1: A closure or short between the two loops of the Class "A" Alarm Initiating circuit. This signal is delayed by the time specified in Retard Time (forwaterflow alarm applications only). ALARM ZN 2: Mode 1: Class "B" circuit open. Mode 2: Resistance on the Class "B" circuit. Mode 3: Class "B" circuit closed (short) or a ground fault on the positive (+) side. RESTORAL ZN 1: The Class "A"Alarm Initiating circuit returns to normal if an alarm or trouble condition exists. This signal will be delayed by the time specified in Reset Time when the circuit restores from an alarm condition. RESTORAL ZN 2: L J All modes: No abnormal or trouble condition exists. RESTORAL ZN 9: - 12 VAC Mode: AC power restored, after panel has been programmed, or changing or recharging the battery. 24 VD C Mode: DC power input greater than 27.6 volts or after programming the panel. RESTORAL ZN B: Primary phone line restored. RESTORAL ZN C: Alternate phone line restored. RESTORAL ZN E: Normal test timer activation. 74-05698-000-A 2/90 TROUBLE ZN 1: A break or ground on either loop of the Class "A" Alarm Initiating circuit (no retard time applies) or a ground fault. TROUBLE ZN 2: Mode 1: Not available Mode 2: Class "B" circuit open Mode 3: Class "B" circuit open TROUBLE ZN 9: 12 VAC Mode: Low Battery. 24 VDC Mode: DC power input less than 24.3 volts. TROUBLE ZN B: Fault or Ground on Primary phone line. TROUBLE ZN C: Fault or Ground on Alternate phone line. TROUBLE ZN E: Test Timer failed to report the first time (communications failure). TROUBLE ZN E: (With another message.) Failed to report message on first attempt. 02071 Installation/Pnmgramming Manual Page 25 ®1990 Radionlcs, Inc A\+(\, Rt4V0i *4Q. 'W--QW,&1* 4411t1U144 SITE LOCATION CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE 206-575-4407 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. **PLEASE PRINT** King Co. Assessor's Tax No.:R-Ct(:)1G Site Address:113_)C) � pVMMtIc Tenant Name:2-e1 )�L \ New Tenant? 0 - Yes No Property Owner's Name:;rs 1\k_ . * , Mailing Address:37D3.3 1`1 \ b - 6c1.166 I�CrW f \A\ City State Zip Suite Number: Floor: CONTACT PERSON -if there are questions about the submittal. Name: X Qk TOCCVi J \ Day Telephone: ( D[ (.016— .725 Company Name:C`.1g4YAICLIA ak—Uf`(Y5 Mailing Address: o4'3 l* 'se , 6 ^� City E-mail Address 4%191.kisrDvl0. 811CAV lIQ �UCt COrn Fax Number: r J `J contractor's City of Tukw NICET III number: Business License number: Total number of new/relocated devices or sprinkler heads: T \14, X13+ State Zip Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $1+1[144S `S Scope of Work (please provide detailed informationA (1\ax TO k� ■ , ada 1.)('�iJ� PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Fire Marshal to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review -Every permit issued shall become invalid unless the work on the site authorized by such permit is commenced within 180 days after its issuance, or if the work authorized on the site by such permit is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days after the time the work is commenced. The Fire Marshal is authorized to grant, in writing, one or more extensions of time, for periods not more than 180 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OR WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDIING OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT: Signaturl (rCU Print Name: i(j.. Plan Permit App.doc 8/22/14 Date: \ \ q Day TelephoneC, 15) (Q—(c -- . `C TED FP Form 8 t CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE 206-575-4407 i 73(7 -:>cP s FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. **PLEASE PRINT** SITE LOCATION King Co. Assessor's Tax No.: /else Site Address: j 772c) So c-emer. Tu 114 iv* Suite Number: Floor: Tenant Name:B V * SU p -(C t i'C1 1( New Tenant? ❑ - YesA - No Property Owner's Name: ke11 CO 12etat £2 \Or) Mailing Address: Po B o\/c (, C7 2561 )ie f (A- 931/s City State Zip CONTACT PERSON -if there are questions about the submittal. Name Day Telephone: 2CCo ' L2-- ' Company Name: ("0UI/7-"")‘426-17/9 — �y� Mailing Address: /74f J'f . VS , 3- U�ri177ti° 1/V/ '(2-q City State Zip E-mail Address: l'V`` C-k&Citde- "ileet-' ') •&/2 Fax Number: Ccintractor's City of Tukwili US `� 61-,2/ NICET III number: Business License number: 67 bvi-PS52-33),s Total number of new/relocated devices or sprinkler heads: cta Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $'(0 / 51 D Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): 1 h (544 ,4 h % 2 C #qL Y PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Fire Marshal to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review -Every permit issued shall become invalid unless the work on the site authorized by such permit is commenced within 180 days after its issuance, or if the work authorized on the site by such permit is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days after the time the work is commenced. The Fire Marshal is authorized to grant, in writing, one or more extensions of time, for periods not more than 180 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OR WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNE ' ,�� THORIZED AGENT: Signature: Print Name: Plan Permit App.doc Date: rz -fr" Day Telephone: 7 d (e - 22_r ' 5' 8/22/14 TFD FP Form 8 SITE LOCATION CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE 206-575-4407 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. **PLEASE PRINT** King Co. Assessor's Tax No.: g Site Address: ( 3Qd ' 4 —fi C/ Tenant Name: -2/7 'ReelP Suite Number Floor. New Tenant? ❑ - Yet -9- No Property Owner's Name: a- L (cf,4j1C -k ('5( �L�G Mailing Address: j 4 (%0 `�fil kizt91(,)4 Vi/fr City CONTACT PERSON -if there are questions about the submittal. Name: A KS l' Company Name:, 7.la & Mailing Address: I t/V-?L 6? -t -t4- �tJ E-mail Address: U es./!maple State Zip Day Telephone: 11 ` l 12✓ 4 -1F --try V/14)4494(097 - City Fa f2 C • `7 � 3; 2-? ?�x)Number: Contractor's City of Tukwila Business License number. t` Iii ' d 1r�yG 1 Total number of new/relocated devices or sprinkler heads: F 4 l'l) t(1�5 Zi Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ t' Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): A 17V L1JA 4F & A-, fit F'a Y`111--110- A /1) 4.(014--S 4,4) &Veil „ti-‘-eliC. PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Fire Marshal to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review -Every permit issued shall become invalid unless the work on the site authorized by such permit is commenced within 180 days after its issuance, or if the work authorized on the site by such permit is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days after the time the work is commenced. The Fire Marshal is authorized to grant, in writing, one or more extensions of time, for periods not more than 180 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OR WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR AUTHORIZED AGENT: Signatur — Print Name: /Al Plan Permit App.doc Day Telephone: Date: 8/22/14 TFD FP Form 8 TUKWILA FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE 44.war% Phone: 206-575-4407 • Email: FireMarshal@. tukwilawa.gov CONTRACTORS MATERIAL AND TEST CERTIFICATE FIRE ALARM AND FIRE DETECTION SYSTEMS Fire alarm System is ready for Fire Department acceptance testing. Failure of test will result in termination of the testing and additional fees will be assessed. Contractor is responsible for supplying manpower for Final Acceptance Test with two-way communications. Date CO) -10 - p) -O Permit # 9 f • 013 Property Address / 7-30 O S'p -i-7 Fi kar.., „ Suite # City TUKWILA Zip Code 9n Name of Facility rept PeA.,-N Occupied as PCSAt«. 04 ---- Owner or Representative Phone # Installing Company &'m S'eCw- y Installing Contractor's Address / .7q5 % f r/! L City f ?'LL Phone # 016fe rt0.1v- 6575 -- Installer's Name (PRINT) Arra License and/or Certificate iii z -f— `/ f1c"G_, j tfJp. ,a- General Contractor Electrical Contractor FACP Equipment Manufacturerfi e� �-) Model # Fc'1d►ive- This system has been installed, pre -tested and operates in accordance with the standards listed below and was inspected by On (date) and includes the devices listed on back. Circle all that apply: NFPA 72, Chapter 12 4 5 6 7 and/or IFC SEC 907 1 NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, Article 760 Manufacturer's Instructions r Manufacturer's Instructions Other (specify) Tukwila City Ordinance Numbers 2050, 2051 UL Central S tion Monitor System is monitored by SIGNED Date -/0 - e2- O System Firmware: Installed version Checksum Date Initial program Installation Date Revisions and Reasons Programmed by 1 EQUIPMENT INSTALLED AND TESTED: Control Panel _ of _ Make/Model Manual Station 1 of 3 Make/Model hire- ► - 5 Smoke Detectors _ of Make/Model Heat Detectors _ of Make/Model Duct Detectors of Make/Model AN Devices I of I Make/Model SC W ) j Af— ferr3 G/ Audio Devices _ of_ Make/Model Visual Devices _ of _ Make/Model Auto Door Release of Make/Model Trouble Indictors _ of Make/Model Batteries Readings Battery Full Load Charge Generator _ of _ Make/Model HVAC Controls _ of _ Make/Model Fire Alarm Dialer _ of Make/Model Monitored by Annunciator of Make/Model 0 Sprinkler System. (Fire Alarm connections only) Water Flow Sw. _ of Make/Model Valve Tamper Sw. _ of Make/Model PN _ of _ Make/Model Elec. Alarm Bell of Make/Model Automatic time Delay of Water Flow Alarm seconds. None Installed Do you meet audible/visible requirements of WAC 51-20, IFC SEC 907., and/or NFPA 72 Chapter 6? Yes 11--__ No Test of alarm System on emergency power, satisfactory? Yes _ No Test Witnessed by Title Date Comments: Fire Alarm Certificate.doc Revised: 6/17/14 TFD FP Form #110 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: fe (/ 7-f_D.7i Type of Inspection: ApN,, Address: --77 Suite #: I�6 V �KW� 1 Contact Person: �Qr� \lc ,e, ovott-,AAn SPT (ktj+^1 Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: 7c7(.' 77 ,SAI/C ( -/os 0 Approved per applicable codes. riCorrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Sprinklers: ctvc‘A. S(JJ5 i\NV\ a:011. _a_ --py_w4 Al) , d 1 cS.--I -rob qs---- A \lc ,e, ovott-,AAn SPT (ktj+^1 ttra^^ -\1. Vka - Occupancy Type: f {4 LS jn -r tc 4f In tiso i - tioav A/ ,-.7 PiC . ,SAI/C Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: A 1 Occupancy Type: Inspector: n \ __ \.< Date: Z,\(\'7,0 Hrs.: $100.ob REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER 10INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: � � i2.45‘ Sprinklers: Type of Inspection: Address: ) 7360 Suite #: ,57C, Pdi Contact Person: Special Instructions: Occupancy Type: Phone No.: fApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ®tom — Comer - Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: Date:311/46, Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 Zip: T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 INSPECTION NUMBER 7INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 206-575-4407 Project: z� __ i. � f� wolo Type g�f Inspection: P Ci o --(r Address: i 7300 ,c . e Suite #: Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 1 ,l: /,el'S Dvt) Poul ov-er-5 /-6Kie-c/` a t Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: i Date: 3�i 04 Hrs.: l $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Word/Inspection Record Form.Doc 3/14/14 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 JOHN J. ABEL FIRE PROTECTION CO., INC. 4932 Pioneer Rd. • Bothell. WA 98012 (206)481-7669 FAX#: 481-8695 ro Tukwila Fire Dept. Y L� `' UVCG3 OC' I'G3aRSAI01f lf� mug [memo 5-6-91 ATTtNTION Plan Review Re Red Robin 17300 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila WA WE ARE SEMIOU Attached r] Under separate cover via the following items: O Shop drawings 0 Prints Plans 0 Samples 0 Specifications O Copy of letter 0 Change order 0 COPIES DATE NO. DESCRIPTION - 5 1 of 1 Sprinkler Piping Plans THESE ARE TRANSMITTED as checked below: )(For approval 0 Approved as submitted 0 Resubmit copies for approval ❑ For your use 0 Approved as noted 0 Submit copies for distribution ❑ As requested 0 Returned for corrections 0 Return corrected prints O For review and comment 0 O FOR BIDS DUE 19 0 PRINTS RETURNED AFTER LOAN TO US REMARKS Aso■. sly 72. COPY TO Cylia4,\MAY 7 1991 opvt SIGNED: ro JOHN J. ABEL FIRE PROTECTION CO., INC. 4932 Pioneer Rd. • Bothell. WA 98012 (206)481-7669 FAX#: 481-8695 Tukwila Fire Dept. WE ARE SENDING YOU "Attached r] Under separate cover via O' Shop drawings O Copy of letter Cl Prints 0 Change order ❑ LSC M@ OF inumsnOVITAL OATS 'IOn NO 7-12-91 •TTCNTION Plan Review Red Robin 17300 Southcenter Parkway Tukwila, WA 5-6-91 1 of 1 Sprinkler Piping Plans ns the following items: 0 Samples 0 Specifications COPIES OATS NO. DESCRIPTION . 4 5-6-91 1 of 1 Sprinkler Piping Plans ÷ L `-i THESE ARE TRANSMITTED as checked below: Qq For approval 0 Approved as submitted 0 Resubmit copies for approval O For your use 0 Approved as noted 0 Submit copies for distribution O As requested 0 Returned for corrections 0 Return corrected prints O For review and comment 0 O FOR BIDS DUE 19 0 PRINTS RETURNED AFTER LOAN TO US KEMAKKS ( 1' Nrili-}(j ,. .1 1 it JUL i 1.944 ÷ L `-i COPY TO QP4Ak. RESIDENTIAL ,NEW RESIDENTIAL SERVICE ❑ New single family dwellings (including an attached garage) ❑ Garages, pools, spas and outbuildings ❑ Low voltage systems (alarm, furnace thermostat) $152.85 $81.90 ea $59.85 ea RESIDENTIAL REMODEL AND SERVICE CHANGES ❑ Service change or alteration $81.90 (no added/altered circuits) ❑ Service change with added/altered circuits $81.90 number of added circuits $11.55 ea ❑ Circuits added/altered without service change $54.60 (up to 5 circuits) ❑ Circuits added/altered without service change $54.60 (6 or more circuits) $7.65 ea ❑ Meter/mast repair $68.25 ❑ Low voltage systems $59.85 (alarm, furnace thermostat) MULTI -FAMILY AND COMMERCIAL Fees are based on the valuation of the electrical contract. MISCELLANEOUS FEES ❑ Temporary service (residential) $65.00 ❑ Temporary service (generator) $80.90 ❑ Manufactured/mobile home service $86.25 (excluding garage or outbuilding) ❑ Carnivals $80.60 Number of concessions $10.80 ea Each ride and generator truck $10.80 ea ***EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2014 EACH PERMIT WILL BE ASSESSED A 5% TECHNOLOGY FEE*** PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES - Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Pian Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one extension of time for an additional period not to exceed 90 days. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER OR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR: Signature: Print Name: Mailing Address: Date: Day Telephone: City H:\Applications'FormaApplications On Line 12014 Applications\lectrical Permit Application Revised 1-1-14.docx Revised. January 2014 bb State Zip Page 2 of 2 410 SILENT KNIGHT 5495 Power Expander Calculations ____ __ Version._02.18.09 _ _ -Global Project Values. Project Name: Project ID: Prepared By: Date: Model: 5495 Power Volts: 24 VDC Standby Hours: • Alarm Mins:1 Derating Factor: Voltage Drop Warning . Threshold % Max NAC Current: Max Panel Current: I Red Robin 24 5 Matt Thawsh 1.2 1/25/2016 Expander 10 Panel ID: Location: 3.0 Amps 6.0 Amps 5495 Ckt.# Circuit Name Current Draw Wire AWG Ohms Per Length(ft) Actual Volts @ Standby Alarm & Type 1000 Ft. One -Way Ohms EOL 5495 5495 Pwr Module i 1 0.075 0.205 NAC #1 5495 Circuit 1 0.000 0.992 #14 Solid 2.52 100 0.50 19.90 NAC #2 5495 Circuit 2 0.000 0.728 #14 Solid 2.52 120 0.60 19.96 NAC #3 5495 Circuit 3 0.000 0.000 #12 Solid 1.59 0.00 20.40 . NAC #4 5495 Circuit 4 0.000 0.000 #12 Solid 1.59 0.00 20.40 Aux 5495 Aux Power Out 0.000 0.000 #12 Solid 1.59 0.00 20.40 Total Standby Current (Amps) 0.075 1.925 Total Alarm Current (Amps) ure of 72 degrees F. Because e no differential was made. Standby Time In Hours 24 0.083 Alarm Time In Minutes / 60 (5 Mins) Total Standby AH Required 1.800 0.160 Total Alarm AH Required Total Combined AH Required 1.96 Wire resistances are based upon an ambient tempera the minimal difference between solid and stranded wi Multiply By The Derating Factor 1.20 Minimum Battery AmpHours Required 2.35 Configure Circuits Print Page SILENT Circuit Configuration Project Information Project Name: Red Robin Prepared By: Matt Thawsh Project ID: 0 Date: 1/25/2016 Ckt. Number: NAC #1 Panel ID: 5495 Ckt. Name: 5495 Circuit 1 Max Circuit Current: 3 Amps Qty Device Current Draw Each Current Draw Total Standby Alarm Standby Alarm 4 System Sensor P2/PC2 Hom/Strobe (30cd) 0.000 0.116 0.000 0.464 3 System Sensor P2/PC2 Hom/Strobe (75cd) 0.000 0.176 0.000 0.528 Unused 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Unused 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Totals 0.000 0.992 Ckt. Number: NAC #2 Panel ID: 5495 Ckt. Name: 5495 Circuit 2 Max Circuit Current: 3 Amps Qty Device Current Draw Each Current Draw Total Standby Alarm Standby Alarm 8 System Sensor P2/PC2 Hom/Strobe (15cd) 0.000 0.091 0.000 0.728 Unused 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Unused 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Unused 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Totals 0.000 0.728 Ckt. Number: NAC #3 Panel ID: 5495 Ckt. Name: 5495 Circuit 3 Max Circuit Current: 3 Amps Qty Device Current Draw Each Current Draw Total Standby Alarm Standby Alarm Unused 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Unused 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Unused 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Unused 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Totals 0.000 0.000 Ckt. Number: NAC #4 Panel ID: 5495 Ckt. Name: 5495 Circuit 4 Max Circuit Current: 3 Amps Qty Device Current Draw Each Current Draw Total Standby Alarm Standby Alarm Unused 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Unused 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Unused 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Unused 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Totals 0.000 0.000 • GUARDIAN SECURITY Seattle- Tacoma - Silverdale- Bellingham 1743 First Avenue South Seattle, WA 98134 12-14-2016 Tel: 206.622.6545 Fax: 206.341.9928 Parkway Supercenter Fire Alarm Upgrade -17348 Southcenter Parkway, Tukwila 98188 big lots address Al Metzler CFPE, CFI, CBPE, CBI, CMI Fire Project Coordinator/Senior Inspector Tukwila Fire Marshal's Office 6300 Southcenter Bl Suite 209 Tukwila, WA 98188 206.971.8718 (Desk) 206.575.4407 (Office) 206.575.4439 (FAX) ALmetzler ,,tukwilawa.Rov Parkway Supercenter Fire Alarm Upgrade SCOPE OF WORK -PANEL REPLACEMENT DEVICE UPGRADE NAC CIRCUITS -STROBES-HORNSTROBES REMAIN Dear Tukwila Fire: Here is the scope of work to upgrade this system. The current system is an EST Quick -start panel. The panel is fully loaded and many address spaces are no longer available. Guardian Security has the latest version of the program so we have the devices captured for use. • A new Siemens 500 point panel will be provided for this facility FC -924, networkable. • A new Siemens Digital display annunciator will be provided model FT -2014-U3 • Batteries will be provided as the load calculations require. • All manual stations will be replaced with the Siemens HMS intelligent units. • All smoke detectors EST and smoke detector bases will be replaced (65) • 18 Duct detectors will be replaced as they are addressable • 6 ea Duct detectors are needed to be monitored, currently done so under the EST modules. Siemens mini -modules will be utilized above. • HCP Point Control modules will provide for the tripping of the NAC panels, sequence. • 45 supervisory switches 20 tamper switches, 21 waterflow switches and 4 low air will be provided in two ways • Input output devices will be provided. 4 input 4 output devices will be provided , adjacent the 21 waterflow switches, there are 21 tampers and 21 supervisory switches. • Mini- Modules will provide the balance when they are broken up. • 54 relays HTRI-R are required for the output functions to be tripped. NAC trips, Fan shutdown, etc. • All inputs devices, manuals , smokes, sprinkler monitoring and duct detector supervisory switches will be replaced with new. • All inputs to existing NAC Panels will be controlled and monitored by new intelligp �® devices. P� fEC 1.5 2016 TUKVVILA FIRE ec<ao C 0 Page 2 of 3 • NAC Panels are in good shape and they are designed, one per store and handle the separate power needed. • NAC Panel sequence is store, and store's adjacent for the audibility. This is a huge area. • AES monitoring will continue but will be reprogrammed and the devices verified by tenant. • Voltage readings will be provided at the time of commissioning the system. • During the change out the as built drawings. will be collected and verified at final ahj inspection. No as built drawings exist at this time except for the spaces Guardian has done. There may be more but we do not have access to them. This will resolve this issue. • A full submittal with devices, model numbers will accompany the permit. • Battery calculations will be done for the SLC circuits. Here is a list of the e ment: 1 Siemens FC924 500 -point system with Dual points 1 Siemens FCM2018 Consists of: One FCM2018-U3, one FP2011-U1, one FC12017-U1 1 Siemens FHK2002-U3 Black 2 Height Unit 1 Window Enclosure kit (for FC922, FC924) 1 Siemens FT2014-u3 Remote Display by device 37 Siemens HMS -S Manual Stations Single action intelligent 65 Siemens OP921 Optical Smoke Detector 65 Siemens DB -11 Smoke Detector Base 58 Siemens HTRI-M Mini Single Input Module 18 Siemens FDBZ492-HR Duct Detector 2 wire addressable 18 Siemens FDBZ-RTL Duct Detector Remote Test Switch 18 Siemens ST -50 Duct Dampling Tube 5' 17 Siemens HCP -24 HCP Intelligent Control Modules 54 Siemens HTRI-R SINGLE INPUT MODULE WITH RELAY 58 Siemens HTRI-M Mini Single Input Module 18 Siemens OP921 Optical Smoke detector 24 Siemens HTRI-R SINGLE INPUT MODULE WITH RELAY 25 Siemens HTRI-S Single Input Module 4 Siemens FDCI0422 4 Input / 4 Output Monitor Module 25 Siemens HTRI-M Mini Single Input Module 24 Siemens HTRI-R SINGLE INPUT MODULE WITH RELAY 58 Siemens HTRI-M Mini Single Input Module 10 Siemens HTRI-D Dual Input Module 2 Gell Cells PS1255 _ Gell Cell Standby Battery 12vdc 55 amp/hour Here is the Central Station transmission c c Page 3 of 3 Installer# First to Last CS# 770346-1 to 770346-99 Corporate Account All Active Date First to Last UL Code First to Last Out Of Service In Service CS# Site Name / Address 770346-1 Aaron Brothers Framing 17570 Southcenter Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-10 Thai Mali 17310 Southcenter Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-11 Big Lots 17348 Southcenter Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-12 Buy Buy Baby 17686 Southcenter Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-13 Old Navy 17470 Southcenter Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-14 Scrubs and Beyond 17340 Southcenter Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-15 Party City 17356 Southcenter Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-16 Pier 1 Imports 17388 Southcenter Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-17 Capriotti's Sandwiches 17308 Southcenter Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-18 Ross Dress for Less 17672 Southcenter Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-19 Tuesday Morning 17720 Southcenter Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-2 Burlington Coat 17500 Southcenter Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-20 Sports Authority 17450 Southcenter Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-21 Starbucks 17480 Southcenter Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-22 Precor Warehouse 301 Minkler Blvd (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-23 Lifeway Christian Bookstore 17328 S.Ctr Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-3 Bath & Body Works 17332 Southcenter Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-4 Catherines Plus Sizes 17580 Southcenter Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-5 Cold Stone Creamery 17304 Southcenter Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-6 Michaels Craft Store CS# Site Name / Address 770346-7 David's Bridal 17740 Southcenter Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-8 Ulta Cosmetics 17320 Southcenter Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 770346-9 Macys 17750 Southcenter Pkwy (Parkway Supercenter) Tukwila, WA 98188 In Summary, all inputs devices, manual stations, Smoke detectors, duct detectors, relay control module will be replaced with new devices and a new head end. All NAC circuits will remain the same. Red Robin will be completed under a different permit. Submittal data is provided on all of the devices needed. Sincerely Yours, Frank A. Close, PE Data Sheet Cerberus PRO Fire Safety 252 -Point and 504 -Point Addressable Fire Alarm Control Panel Models FC922 and FC924 ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS • Addressable fire alarm control panel (FACP) intended for mid-size buildings • Comprised of the following system components: • Operating units • Periphery boards • Power supplies • System enclosures • System features: • Supports 252 -to -504 addressable devices: • One (1) to four (4) 'Class B'; one (1) to two (2) 'Class A' for Model FC922 • One (1) to eight (8) 'Class 8'; one (1) to four (4)'Class A' for Model FC924 • Includes one (1) 'Class A' or two (2) 'Class B' notification appliance circuits (NACs) • Resettable and non-resettable 24VDC, [nominal] auxiliary power • Optional connectivity to a leased -line / city -tie module • Releasing module supports activation of releasing valves in pre -action / deluge systems / agent release • Off -normal warning message prior to reset • Fast and easy set-up with auto -configuration feature • Optional digital alarm communication transmitter (DACT) • ®UL 864 9th Edition Listed; CSFM & NYC Fire Department Approved Product Overview The Cerberus PRO Fire Safety Model FC922 (252 - point) and FC924 (504 -point) addressable FACP is designed to meet the fire -protection needs of mid- size buildings. This advanced panel offers features typically required in mid-size buildings in a package that is easy to install and competitively priced. Additionally, Models FC922 and FC924 are networkable, allowing the systems to fulfill the growing fire -protection needs of the building. The programming software for the 252 / 504 -point fire systems is held in flash electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM). The following Cerberus PRO system components are used in the 252 -point 1 504 -point FACP: • Operating units • Periphery boards • Power supplies • System enclosures Other options are available to meet specific needs of the customer. Models FC922 and FC924 are CSFM (Listing No.: 7165-0067:0259) and FDNY (Certificate of Approval: #6104) Approved. CerberusTM PRO Fire Safety & Security Products Answers for infrastructure Cerberus PRO two -height -unit enclosure with two (2) windows Specifications Operating Interface Unit The Operating Interface Unit (Model FCM2018-U3 or Model FCM019-U3) functions as the operating interface and central microprocessor for Models FC922 and FC924. Either operating interface unit provides multi -use capability for each end-user to efficiently 'Acknowledge' events; to quickly control the NACs of the FACP, and to permit a manual reset of the respective system. Detailed information about the nature and location of the events can also be displayed, via a backlit, 2"—x-4-314" LCD screen and the four-way navigation push button at the top of the panel. Periphery Boards The periphery boards (Models FC12016-U1 and FCI2017-U1) serve as the main operating components for the 252 / 504 -point FACP. Each module operates and monitors input -device identity; as well as controls the signaling -line circuits that communicate with smoke detectors and other field devices (i.e. — C -NET). 9815 FACP for mid-size buildings SII SEM ENS Specifications — (continued) 0 Power Supplies All functions are supported by the power supplies (Model FP2011-U1 or Model FP2012-U1), which eliminate the need for external power supplies. Further, the 170 -Watt power supply (Model FP2011-U1) and 300 -Watt power supply (Model FP2012-U 1) provide primary, 24VDC nominal power for normal operation to Models FC922 and FC924. Both power supplies are filtered and regulated. Model FP2011-U1 is rated at 6.5 Amps, and Model FP2012-U1 is 11.5A rated. The 170 -Watt power supply incorporates a 4.0A, non- resettable slow -blow fuse on the primary input, and includes a built-in AC -line filter for surge and noise suppression. Model FP2011-U1 mounts in the panel's enclosure, and there are no serviceable Cerberus PRO Fire Safety parts to be maintained. The 300 -Watt power supply incorporates two (2) 6.3A replaceable, non-resettable slow -blow fuses on the primary input and includes a built-in AC line filter for surge and noise suppression. Model FP2012-U1 mounts in the panel's enclosure, and there are no serviceable Cerberus PRO Fire Safety parts to be maintained. System Enclosures The Cerberus PRO fire -alarm enclosures and their accessories provide a complete set of hardware for mounting all Cerberus PRO main -system and remote terminal cards and modules. The hardware allows this Cerberus PRO system to be configured for a variety of applications, as well as for future system upgrades. Included in the enclosure series are back box and door sets; removable mounting plates and clear lenses, as well as blank plates for use with the enclosure doors. All enclosures come with ground straps for the inner and outer doors, shield termination lugs, grounding lugs, and tie wrap lances for securing wire. All Cerberus PRO height - unit enclosures can also mount system back-up batteries up to 33AH in capacity. Models FC922 and FC924 utilize a two -height -unit enclosure. The following components comprise a complete two -height -unit enclosure: • One (1) back box, (Model FHB2002-U1 1 R1) • One (1) or two (2) inner doors, (Models FHD2004-U1 or FHD2005-U1) • One (1) outer door, (Model FHD2002-U3 / R3 or FHD2003-U3 / R3) • One (1) or two (2) clear windows, (Model FHD2006-U1) Note: One (1) window is installed for Model FHD2002-U3 / R3 outer door, and two (2) windows are required for Model FHD2003-U3 / R3. The approximate size for each two -height -unit enclosure is: 27.5" (70cm.) high; 21.5" (54.6cm.) wide, and 5.75" (14.6cm.) deep. The weight, without any attached components, is approximately 6.3 Lbs. (2858 g). SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division C Additionally, the two -height -unit enclosure supports the following optional components: • Enclosure trim kit (for flush -mounting) • Battery bracket (to comply with seismic certification) • DIN rail kit (provides connection between internal -system wiring and field wiring) Optional Accessories NAC Expansion Module The NAC expansion module (Model FCI2011-U1) provides either of the following additional NACs to the 2521504 -point panel: • one (1) 'Class A', or • two (2) 'Class B' NACs Each NAC is rated at 3 Amps. Each NAC expansion module is monitored for open -line and short-circuit conditions. Digital Alarm Communication Transmitter (DACT) The DACT is used to provide communication between Models FC922 and FC924 and with either a central or remote monitoring station. The Model FCA2015-U1 module mounts directly on the back enclosure and connects to the periphery boards. The DACT enables remote transmission of alarms and events via a public telephone line. Releasing Module The releasing module (Model XCI2001-U1) supports activation of releasing valves in pre -action / deluge systems (including double -interlock pre -action systems, or SinorixTM engineered fire suppression systems). Activation can be event -controlled or performed by addressable manual pull stations. The releasing module is installed on the periphery board, and supports 'Class B' releasing circuits. When installed on Models FC922 / FC924, the releasing module contains an integral manual -disconnect switch for releasing circuits. This essential feature protects the releasing circuits from accidental discharge during maintenance. Leased -Line / City -Tie Module Model FCI2020-U1, which is installed on the periphery board of the FACP, provides a local -energy output for municipal call -box connection, and gives a reverse - polarity output for leased -line connection. When used for connection to a municipal call box, the city -tie function supports Alarm -event transmission. When used for leased -line connection, the module supports two (2) leased telephone lines for transmitting Alarm, Trouble and Supervisory events. Cerberusm^ PRO Specifications — (continued) Network Module The C -WEB network module (Model FN2001-A1) is used to network up to 16 FACPs, or one (1) fire terminal, via the C -NET system bus. Model FN2001-A1 is plugged into the Operating Unit (Model FCM2018-U3 or Model FCM2019-U3). Model FN2001-A1, which connects to a system input / output bus, has ground -fault monitoring, as well as an integrated degrade -mode feature. Redundant networking is accomplished with one (1) network module per panel [Simple -Loop Trouble]. There is electrical isolation between the system bus and the FACP. Remote Display Terminals The Remote Display Terminals (Models FT2014-U31 R3 and FT2015-U3 / R3) are remote annunciators that show the existing status of Models FC922 / FC924. Light -emitting diodes (LEDs) will illuminate for any given Alarm, Supervisory and Trouble Cerberus PRO -system event. A 2"—x-4-3/4" LCD screen will give details of the event in alphanumeric form. The display screen can be scrolled, via the four-way navigation button, to reveal additional events. Model FT2014-U3 / R3 is a display -only remote annunciator that has one (1) button used to silence the local sounder. Model FT2015-U3 / R3 has three (3) control buttons for 'acknowledging' events, 'silencing' audible circuits and 'resetting' the system. Additionally, there are three (3) user -programmable buttons available. Model FT2015-U3 / R3 has an integral key switch that enables the control buttons to operate. The remote display terminals are remotely connected to Models FC922 and FC924, via the RS -485 interface. Models FC922 and FC924 require the Model FCA2016- A1 RS -485 module to provide communication to the remote display terminals. Model FCA2016-A1 supports Style 4 or Style 6 wiring. Up to eight (8) modules can be supported on a RS -485 bus. The remote display terminals require 24VDC [nominal] power, and the necessary power can be provided from this Cerberus PRO FACP or from another ®UL Listed, 24VDC power source. Remote Peripheral Module The Remote Peripheral Module (Model FCA2018-U1) provides a means of connecting this Cerberus PRO FACP to Model PAL -1 for creating hard copies of system - status and configuration reports. Model FCA2018-U1 is a supervised, intelligent module that has built-in transient protection and plain -decimal addressing. Model FCA2018-U1 is remotely connected to the Model FCA2016-A1 RS -485 communication bus from any Cerberus PRO Fire Safety system enclosure. Model FCA2018-U 1 uses Class B (Style 4) or Class A (Style 6) wiring, and provides two (2) RS -232 serial ports and a one (1) parallel port, thus connecting to Model PAL -1. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Temperature and Humidity Range Models FC922 and FC924 are ®UL 864 9th Edition Listed for indoor dry locations within a temperature range of 120+/-3°F (49+/-2°C) to 32+/-3°F (0+/-2°C) and a relative humidity of 93+/-2% at a temperature of 90+/-3°F (32+/-2°C). Related Documentation Product Data Sheet Number Cerberus PRO operating units 9801 Cerberus PRO periphery boards 9802 Cerberus PRO fire terminals 9803 Cerberus PRO DACT 9804 C -WEB I C -NET Network Module 9805 Cerberus PRO power supplies 9806 Cerberus PRO enclosures 9807 NAC expansion module 9808 Cerberus PRO releasing module 9809 Leased -Line I city -tie module 9810 Remote periphery module 9811 Remote display terminals 9812 Single I multi -mode fiber modules 9814 LED / Blank option modules 9816 Details for Ordering Model Number Part Number Description FCM2018-U3 554400 -C40 -A1 Cerberus PRO Operating Interface Unit FCM2019-U3 554400 -C41 -A1 Cerberus PRO Operating Interface Unit FCI2016-U1 S54400 -A55 -A1 Cerberus PRO Periphery Board {for 252 -point system} FCI2017-U1 S54400 -A56 -A1 Cerberus PRO Periphery Board {for 504 -point system} FP2011-U1 554400 -Z59 -A1 170 -Watt Power Supply FP2012-U1 S54400 -Z60 -A1 300 -Watt Power Supply FHB2001-U1 554400 -B47 -A1 1HU Back Box, Black FHB2001-R1 554400 -B47 -A2 1HU Back Box, Red FHD2001-U3 S54400 -B45 -A1 1 HU Outer Door, Black FHD2001-R3 554400 -B40 -A1 1 HU Outer Door, Red FHB2002-U1 S54400 -B48 -A1 2HU Back Box, Black FHB2002-R1 554400 -B48 -A2 2HU Back Box, Red FHD2002-U3 554400 -B32 -A1 2HU Outer Door wl 1 Window, Black FHD2002-R3 S54400 -C53 -A1 2HU Outer Door wl 1 Window, Red FHD2003-U3 554400 -C42 -A1 2HU Outer Door wl 2 Windows, Black FHD2003-R3 S54400 -B46 -A1 2HU outer door wl 2 windows, Red FHD2004-U1 S54400 -B52 -A1 Inner Door, Black FHD2005-U1 S54400 -B53 -A1 Inner Door, Solid Black FHD2006-U 1 554400 -C46 -A1 Clear -Lens Window Optional Accessories Model Number Part Number Description FCI2011-U1 S54400 -A54 -A1 NAC Expansion Module XC12001-U1 S54400 -A69 -A1 Releasing Module FCI2020-U1 S54400 -A57 -A1 Leased -Line 1 City -Tie Module FCA2018-U1 554400 -A65 -A1 Remote Peripheral Module FCA2016-A1 554400 -A39 -A1 RS -485 Module CerberusTM PRO Details for Ordering — (continued) (Th Optional Accessories — (cont.'d) c Model Number Part Number Description FT2014-U3 S54400 -B80 -A1 Remote Display Terminal FT2014-R3 554400 -B73 -A1 Remote Display Terminal, Red FT2015-U3 S54400 -B88 -A1 Remote Display Terminal FT2015-R3 554400 -B16 -A1 Remote Display Terminal, Red FN2006-U1 554400 -A61 -A1 Single -Mode Fiber -Optic Module FN2007-U1 554400 -A62 -A1 Multi -Mode Fiber -Optic Module FCM2022-U3 554400 -C44 -A2 Blank Option Module FCM2023-U3 554400 -C45 -A2 LED Option Module FCA20154U1 554400 -A63 -A1 Digital Alarm Communication Transmitter (DACT) FTI2001-A1 554400 -A58 -A1 Fire Terminal Board FN2001-A1 554400 -A60 -A1 C -WEB / C -NET Network Module SIEMENS CerberusTM PRO Siemens Industry, Inc. — Building Technologies Div 8 Fernwood Road • Florham Park, NJ 07932 Tel: (973) 593-2600 • Fax: (908) 547-6877 Web: www.USA.Siemens.com/Cerberus-PRO NOTICE —The information contained in this data -sheet document is intended only as a summary, and is subject to change without notice. The devices described here have specific instruction sheets that cover various technical, limitation and liability information. Copies of these instruction sheets and the General Product Warning and Limitations document, which also contains important information, are provided with the product and, are available from the Manufacturer. Information contained in these documents should be consulted before specifying or using the product. For further information or assistance concerning particular problems contact the Manufacturer. Building Technologies Division 511 –Fire Safety [Printed in U.S.A April 2012 — Supersedes sheet dated 12/2011 (Rev. 1) /0UJERpif59,( x12550 12 Volt 55.0 AH Rechargeable Sealed Lead Acid Battery 91x CE . L•R't'�'.ML. • U: Universal terminals: ,,,,.Heavy-duty posts with "'nut & bolt' fasteners Positive Terminal Negative Terminal 17.4 011N zp0lin 1� :L;1 1131 F731 sical Dimensions: in (mm) T r CID e OOEI PS ltt.. R'8( 0 H 1 t' �F.'.xt�i�%•.,..o��-t d:u ��',t' C3 "'.K.n7,y; ,. �y�. P.:^(t".FYi�IIi'v. {TA•,iC�7R';r,�� L 904 230).' 5:45''('138' H)8"1'5':r(207� FIT?8:98'(228) : ..z:�,F�',�k� Tolerances are +/- 0.04 in. (+/- lmm) and +/- 0.08 M. (+/- 2mm) for 1 I ' height dimensions. All data subject to change without notice. We've Got The Power."" Features • Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) technology for superior performance • Valve regulated, spill proof construction allows safe operation in any position • Power/volume ratio yielding unrivaled energy density • Rugged impact resistant ABS case and cover (UL94-HB) • Integrated ABS carrying handles for ease of movement • Approved for transport by air. D.O.T., I.A.T.A., F.A.A. and C.A.B. certified • U.L. recognized under file number MH 20845 Performance Specifications Nominal Voltage 12 volts (6 cells) Nominal Capacity 20 -hr. (2.75A to 10.50 volts) 55.0 AH 10 -hr. (5.1A to 10.50 volts) 51.0 AH 5 -hr. (8.8A to 10.20 volts) 44.0 AH 1 -hr. (30.6A to 9.00 volts) 30.6 AH 15 -min. (96A to 9.00 volts) 24.0 AH Approximate Weight 36.0 lbs. (16.33 kg) Energy Density (20 -hr. rate) 1.64 W-h/in3 (100.30 W-h/I) Specific Energy (20 -hr. rate) 17.65 W-h/lb (38.91 W-h/kg) Internal Resistance (approx.) 7 milliohms Max Discharge Current (7 Min.) 165.0 amperes Max Short -Duration Discharge Current (10 Sec.) 410.0 amperes Shelf Life (% of nominal capacity at 68°F (20°C)) 1 Month 97% 3 Months 91% 6 Months 83% Operating Temperature Range Charge -4°F (-20°C) to 122°F (50°C) Discharge -40°F (-40°C) to 140°F (60°C) Case ABS Plastic Power -Sonic Chargers PSC -1210000A -C o endure safe and effr,ient operation always refer to the latest edition of our Technical Manual, as published on our website. www. ower-sonic.com ainaiaiia ai/aiaiaiia/ i'o'iii of////SCNI( PS -12550 12 Volt 55.0 AH Constant Power Discharge Ratings MODEL FINAL VOLTAGE WATTS PER CELL @ 25° C 5 MIN 10 MIN 15 MIN 20 MIN .�a 30 MIN 02, 45 MIN 60 MIN 1.70 342 225 190 158 118 89 73 L 0 Discharge Time vs. Discharge Current 20 15 10 5 2 1 30 10 5 2.75 5.5 11 27.5 55 110 Discharge Current (A) (104°F) (68°F) (32°F) Charging Cycle Applications: Limit initial current to 16.5A. Charge until battery voltage (under charge) reaches 14.4 to 14.7 volts at 68° F (20°C). Hold at 14.4 to 14.7 volts until current drops to under 550mA. Battery is fully charged under these conditions, and charger should be disconnected or switched to "float" voltage. "Float" or "Stand -By" Service: Hold battery across constant voltage source of 13.5 to 13.8 volts continuously. When held at this voltage, the battery will seek its own current level and maintain itself in a fully charged condition. Note: Due to the self -discharge characteristics of this type of battery, it is imperative that they be charged within 6 months of storage, otherwise permanent ,oss of capacity might occur as a result of sulfation. 0 a rgers ;owe). -Sonic offers a wide range of chargers suitable for batteries up to 100AH. ?lease refer to the Charger Selection Guide in our specification sheets for "C -Series Switch Mode Chargers" and "Transformer Type A and F Series". Please contact our technical department for advice if you have difficulty in locating suitable models. :t:,!ai ct Information Terminal Voltage (V) Capacity Retention Ratio (%) 14.0 13.0 12.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 100 80 60 40 0 Discharge Characteristics (Ambient ------III Temperature 20°C (68°F Charging is not necessary unles 100% of capacitl is required. \ 4 IN IL. 16\ Final Voltage 10.5V \\ Charging before use is necessary to help recover full capacity. (41°F)— 10.2V \\ �` ..- '` 5.5 0 2.75 9.6V \\ Charge mayfal to restore full capacity. Do not Iet batteriesreac 40°C (104°F) 30°C (86°F) 9.0V \ \ 40°C 8.1 20°C 0°C (68°F) Final Voltage 55 2.75 5.5 11 27.5 55 110 Discharge Current (A) (104°F) (68°F) (32°F) Charging Cycle Applications: Limit initial current to 16.5A. Charge until battery voltage (under charge) reaches 14.4 to 14.7 volts at 68° F (20°C). Hold at 14.4 to 14.7 volts until current drops to under 550mA. Battery is fully charged under these conditions, and charger should be disconnected or switched to "float" voltage. "Float" or "Stand -By" Service: Hold battery across constant voltage source of 13.5 to 13.8 volts continuously. When held at this voltage, the battery will seek its own current level and maintain itself in a fully charged condition. Note: Due to the self -discharge characteristics of this type of battery, it is imperative that they be charged within 6 months of storage, otherwise permanent ,oss of capacity might occur as a result of sulfation. 0 a rgers ;owe). -Sonic offers a wide range of chargers suitable for batteries up to 100AH. ?lease refer to the Charger Selection Guide in our specification sheets for "C -Series Switch Mode Chargers" and "Transformer Type A and F Series". Please contact our technical department for advice if you have difficulty in locating suitable models. :t:,!ai ct Information Terminal Voltage (V) Capacity Retention Ratio (%) 14.0 13.0 12.0 11.0 10.0 9.0 8.0 100 80 60 40 0 Discharge Characteristics (Ambient ------III Temperature 20°C (68°F Charging is not necessary unles 100% of capacitl is required. \ 4 IN IL. 16\ 5°C Charging before use is necessary to help recover full capacity. (41°F)— IIIL �` ..- '` 5.5 0 2.75 _ Charge mayfal to restore full capacity. Do not Iet batteriesreac 40°C (104°F) 30°C (86°F) 20°C 27.5 11 (68°F) Final Voltage 55 III110 1.2 2.4 6 12 24 36 48 1 2 min Discharge Time 4 6810 2040 Shelf Life & Storage 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 Standing Period (Months) h Further Information Please refer to our website www.power-sonic.com for a complete range of useful downloads, such as product catalogs, material safety data sheets (MSDS), ISO certification, etc.. DOMESTIC SALES Tel: +1-619-661-2020 Fax: +1-619-661-3650 national-sales@power-sonic.com CUSTOMER SERVICE Tel: +1-619-661-2030 Fax: +1-619-661-3648 customer-service@power-sonic.com TECHNICAL SUPPORT Tel: +1-619-661-2020 Fax: +1-619-661-3648 support@power-sonic.com www.power-sonic.com INTERNATIONAL SALES Tel: +1-650-364-5001 Fax: +1-650-366-3662 battery@power-sonic.com CORPORATE OFFICE • 7550 Panasonic Way • San Diego, CA 92154 • USA • Tel: +1-619-661-2020 • Fax: +1-619-661-3650 0309 1M Charging is not necessary unles 100% of capacitl is required. \ IN IL. 16\ 5°C Charging before use is necessary to help recover full capacity. (41°F)— �` ..- '` � � Charge mayfal to restore full capacity. Do not Iet batteriesreac 40°C (104°F) 30°C (86°F) 20°C (68°F) this state. 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 Standing Period (Months) h Further Information Please refer to our website www.power-sonic.com for a complete range of useful downloads, such as product catalogs, material safety data sheets (MSDS), ISO certification, etc.. DOMESTIC SALES Tel: +1-619-661-2020 Fax: +1-619-661-3650 national-sales@power-sonic.com CUSTOMER SERVICE Tel: +1-619-661-2030 Fax: +1-619-661-3648 customer-service@power-sonic.com TECHNICAL SUPPORT Tel: +1-619-661-2020 Fax: +1-619-661-3648 support@power-sonic.com www.power-sonic.com INTERNATIONAL SALES Tel: +1-650-364-5001 Fax: +1-650-366-3662 battery@power-sonic.com CORPORATE OFFICE • 7550 Panasonic Way • San Diego, CA 92154 • USA • Tel: +1-619-661-2020 • Fax: +1-619-661-3650 0309 1M SIEMENS Fire Safety 0HMS Series Intelligent Initiating Devices Manual Fire Alarm Boxes ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS 0 HMS -S and HMS -D Intelligent Manual Fire Alarm Boxes for FireFinder XLS Control Panels • Durable Design • Shock andVibration Resistant • Pull Down Lever Remains Down Until Reset • Custom Microcomputer ChipTechnology • Dynamic Supervision • Polarity Insensitive with SureWire""Technology • Reset with Allen Key • No Break Rods Necessary • TwoWire Operation • Surface or Semiflush Installation • DPU Programs and Verifies Device's Address and Tests Device's Functionality • Electronic Address Programming is Easier and More Dependable • Single and Double Action Models Available • 0, Listed, CSFM, FM and NYMEA Submitted HMS -S Single -Action Station HMS -D Dual -Action Station Introduction HMS -S and HMS -D intelligent manual fire alarm boxes provide the markets' most advanced method of address programming and supervision, combined with sophisticated control panel communication. Each HMS manual fire alarm box incorporates custom microcom- puter chip. The microcomputer chip technology, and its sophisticated bi-directional communication capabilities with the control panel, achieves the state of an "Intelli- gent Initiating Device:' Description The HMS -S and HMS -D are constructed of durable molded polycarbonate material which is matte finished in red with raised white lettering. The housing accom- modates a "pull-down" lever which, when operated, locks in position indicating the manual fire alarm box has been activated. The pull down lever remains down and locked until the manual fire alarm box is reset. The manual fire alarm box is reset only by opening the hinged housing cover with an alien key and then closing and locking the cover. The HMS -S and HMS -D manual fire alarm boxes operate with FireFinderXLS Series control panels. The manual fire alarm box's microcomputer chip has the capacity of storing, in memory, identification information as well as important operating status information. Siemens BuildingTechnologies Inc., Fire Safety Division innovative technology also allows all HMS Series Intelligent manual fire alarm boxes to be pro- grammed by using the Model DPU Programmer/ Tester. The Programmer/Tester is a compact, portable, menu driven accessory which makes programming and testing a manual fire alarm box device faster, easier and more dependable than previous methods. The DPU eliminates the need for the device's mechanical addressing mechanisms, such as program jumpers, dipswitches or rotary dials because the DPU electroni- cally sets the manual fire alarm box's address into its microcomputer chip, nonvolatile memory. Vibration, corrosion and other conditions which deteriorate mechani- cal addressing mechanisms are no longer a cause for concern. CATALOG NUMBER 6306 The HMS -S and HMS -D are fitted with screw terminals for connection to an addressable circuit. They can be either surface or semiflush mounted. The HMS Series manual fire alarm boxes derive their power, communicate information and receive commands over a single pair of wires. The HMS Series is compatible on the same circuit with all H Series detectors, interfaces or addressable conventional zone modules. Mounting Data Ordering Information Model Description Shipping Lbs. Weight kg. Part Number HMS -S Addressable Manual Fire Alarm Box Single Action 2.0 .90 500-033200 HMS -D Addressable Manual Fire Alarm Box, Double Action 2.5 1.13 500-033400 SB -SR Surface Mounting Box 1.5 .68 310-019860 LTP ResetTool Package (Contains 2 tools) .5 .23 500-620490 HOUSING NAMEPLATE TO BACKPLATE /r\\c sin HOUSING 4 in 51/2 in SB -5R In LOCKING I\ \ SCREW BACKPLATE \ SURFACE MOUNTING ENCLOSURE 3Y2 in DEEP SWITCH BOX (USER SUPPLIED) Electrical Ratings Current Draw (Active or Standby): 1.5mA NOTICE: The use of other than Fire Safety detectors and bases with Fire Safety equipment will \be considered a misapplication of Fire Safety equipment and as such void all warranties either ��. expressed or implied with regard to loss, damage, liabilities and/or service problems. Siemens Building Technologies Fire Safety Fire Safety Fire Safety 8 Fernwood Road 2 Kenview Boulevard Florham Park, NJ 07932 8/05 Brampton, Ontario Tel: (973) 593-2600 5M Canada L6T 5E4 FAX: (973) 593-6670 SFS -IG Tel: (905) 799-9937 August 2005 Website: www.sbt.siemens.com/fis Printed in U.S.A. FAX: (905) 799-9858 Supersedes sheet dated 1/03 Data Sheet Intelligent Detection Devices Photoelectric Smoke Detector Model OP921 ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS • Compatible with Siemens Model 'H' -series devices on the same loop (with Cerberus PRO fire -alarm control panels [FACPs] or FireFinder® XLS FACPs) • Compatible with Model 8720 / DPU (device programmer / loop tester) Utilizes advanced microprocessor -based signal processing • Extended temperature and humidity operating range "! • Each detector is self -testing: • Self monitored for sensitivity within ®UL Listed limits • Complete diagnostics performed every 10 seconds • Polarity insensitive utilizing SureW/reT"" technology • Compatible with Model DB -11 -series mounting bases • Tri -color detector -status LED with 360° viewing • Field -selectable application sensitivity profiles • Remote sensitivity -measurement capability • Utilizes advanced signal processing • Superior EMI / RFI immunity • RoHS compliant Product Overview The Photoelectric Smoke Detector (Model OP921) uses state-of-the-art microcontroller circuitry and surface - mount technology for maximum reliability. Model OP921 incorporates an optical sensor using a light - scattering detection principle. The device utilizes advanced software algorithms to analyze the signals, and provides highly stable and accurate smoke detection. Further, Model OP921 uses state-of-the-art microprocessor circuitry with error check; detector self - diagnostics, and supervision programs. Field -Device Programmer / Test Unit Model OP921 is compatible with the Siemens field - device programmer / test unit (Model 87201 DPU), which is a compact, portable, menu -driven accessory for electronically programming and testing detectors easily and reliably. Cerberus® PRO Fire Safety Products Answers for infrastructure • Automatic environment compensation • ®UL268A Listed [for direct air -duct use], ®ULC Listed; FM (#3230, 3210) and CSFM (#7272-0067:0258) Approved Model 87201 DPU eliminates the need for cumbersome, unreliable mechanical programming methods, such as dials or switches, and reduces installation and service costs by electronically programming and testing the detector prior to installation. For proper operation of the field -device programmer 1 test unit, the technician selects the accessory's program mode, and enters the desired address. In turn, Model 87201 DPU automatically sets and verifies the address, as well as tests the detector. When in the 'test' mode, Model 87201 DPU will perform a series of diagnostic tests without altering the address or other stored data, allowing technicians to determine if the detector is operating properly. Model 8720 / DPU operates on AC power or rechargeable batteries, providing flexibility and convenience in programming and testing equipment from practically any location. 9902 Photoelectric Smoke Detector 511 EMENS Product Overview — (continued) Model 87201 DPU operates on AC power or rechargeable batteries, providing flexibility and convenience in programming and testing equipment from practically any location. Model OP921 is a plug-in, two -wire and addressable photoelectric smoke detector. Model OP921 is ®Underwriters' Laboratories Listed [®UL268A Listed for direct in -air duct usage]. Each detector consists of a dust -resistant photoelectric chamber and microprocessor -based electronics with a low -profile plastic housing. Every Model OP921 fire detector is shipped with a protective dust cover: 1. DustroT}E: 2. S;rr.v) •_e c;r;=.:e:.:i .,- Operation Model OP921 is a wide -spectrum, photoelectric smoke detector incorporating an infrared light -emitting diode (IRLED), and infrared light -sensing photodiode. Under normal conditions, light transmitted by the LED is directed away from the photodiode and scattered through the smoke chamber in a controlled pattern. The smoke chamber is designed to manage light dissipation and extraneous reflections from dust particles or other non -smoke, airborne contaminants in such a way as to maintain stable, consistent detector operation. When smoke enters the detector chamber, light emitted from the IRLED is scattered by the smoke particles, and is received by the photodiode: 1. I J 2. 3. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Sensitivity Settings Application Parameter Sets Model OP921 provides four (4) pre-programmed sensitivity parameter sets that can be selected by the FACP to match the expected application or environmental conditions: • Sensitive • Standard • Robust • Air -duct Sensitive: This application parameter set is practically suitable for areas where few misleading sources of false alarm are present, and is appropriate where priority is given to detecting open fires as soon as possible (e.g. — typically a clean application with controlled environmental conditions.) Standard: This application parameter set is practically apt for normal office, hotel -lobby -type applications, and is the default setting. Robust: This application parameter set offers improved resistance to false alarms in areas where misleading sources, such as cigarette smoke or exhaust fumes, may cause a nuisance alarm. Air -Duct: This application parameter set is used when the detector is used a ®UL268A (DI) compliant direct in - air duct application without a duct housing. Model OP921 does not require a field sensitivity test. Model OP921 is ®UL Listed as a self -testing device and complies with NFPA 72 as a self monitoring detector and control panel arrangement. This parameter set is also used when Model OP921 is used in air -duct housings (Models FDBZ492 and FDBZ492-HR). The visible LED flashes green every 10 seconds to indicate communication with the FACP, and to notify Model OP921 has passed its self -test. Should Model OP921 sense a fault or failure within its system, the LED will flash amber, and the detector will transmit the data to the FACP. A quick visual inspection is sufficient to indicate the condition of Model OP921 at any time. If more detailed information is required, a printed report can be provided from the compatible FACP, indicating the status and settings assigned to each individual detector. When Model OP921 moves to Alarm mode, the detector will flash red and continue flashing until the system is reset at the FACP. At that same time, any user -defined, system -alarm functions programmed into the system are activated. Model OP921 contains a tri -color LED indicator, capable of flashing any one (1) of three (3) distinct colors: green, ,or red. During each flash interval, the microprocessor -based detector monitors the following: Cerberus® PRO Operation — (continued) • Smoke sensitivity is within the range indicated on the nameplate label • Smoke in its sensing chamber • Internal sensors and electronics are functional Based on the monitoring results, the LED indicator flashes the following colors based on the following conditions: Flash Color Condition Flash Interval (in seconds) `"' °i F Gren*:`, '14111011::14 Normal supervisory operation. Smoke sensitivity is within rated limits. 10 Yellow: Detector is in trouble and needs replacement. 4 Red: Alarm condition. 1 No Flash: Detector is not powered. -- * LED can be turned OFF. Please follow the corresponding description of the panel used. A quick, visual inspection is sufficient to indicate the condition of the detector at any time. If more detailed information is required, a printed report can be provided from the respective Cerberus PRO FACP that indicates the status and settings assigned to each individual detector. 0 Installation All Model OP921 detectors use a surface -mounting base, Model DB -11 or Model DB -11E, which mounts on a 4 -inch octagonal, square or single -gang electrical box. The base utilizes screw -clamp contacts for electrical connections and self -wiping contacts for increased reliability. The Model DB -11 base can be used with the optional Model LIC 11 detector locking kit, which contains 50 detector locks and an installation tool to prevent unauthorized removal of the detector head. Model DB -11 has decorative plugs to cover the outer - mounting screw holes. Model OP921 may be installed on the same initiating circuit with the Siemens Model 'H' series detectors [when used with the Cerberus PRO FACPs] — • Model HFP-11 • Model 'HMS' -series manual stations • Model 'HIV -series interfaces • Model HCP output -control devices • Model 'HZM'-series of addressable, conventional zone modules Application Data Installation of Model OP921 detectors requires a two -wire circuit. In many retrofit cases, existing wiring may be used. 7 -tapping' is permitted only for Style 4 (Class B) wiring. Model OP921 is polarity insensitive, which can greatly reduce installation and debugging time. SIEMENSIndustry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Model OP921 can be applied within the maximum 30 - feet center spacing (900 sq. ft. areas), as referenced in NFPA 72. This application guideline is based on ideal conditions—specifically, smooth ceiling surfaces, minimal air movement, and no physical obstructions between potential fire sources and the actual detector. Do not mount detectors in close proximity to ventilation or heating and air-conditioning outlets. Exposed joints or beamed ceilings may also affect safe spacing limitations for detectors. Should questions arise regarding detector placement, observe NFPA 72 guidelines. Good fire -protection system engineering and common sense dictate how and when fire detectors are installed and used. Contact your local Siemens —Fire Safety distributor or sales office whenever you need assistance applying Model OP921 in unusual applications. Be sure to follow NFPA guidelines and ®UL Listed 161ULC Listed installation instructions—included with every Siemens — Fire Safety detector—and local codes as for all fire - protection equipment. Technical Data Operating Temperature +32°F (0°C) to 120°F (49°C) Range: Relative Humidity: 0 — 95%; non -condensing Air Pressure: No effect Air Velocity: 0— 4,000 ft. 1 min (0-20m 1 sec) Input Voltage Range: 16VDC — 30VDC Alarm Current (max.): 280pA Standby Current (max.): 280pA, max. (average) Maximum Spacing: 30 -foot centers (900 sq. ft.), per NFPA 72 Detector Weight: 0.317 lbs. (0.144 kg.) Mechanical Protection Guard: ®UL Listed 163,ULC Listed [with STI Guard Model STI -9604] Cerberus® PRO 0 Mounting Diagram Dimensions 4.13" (10.5 cm ] II r E_ZT„ rrr .1.5 i E. Detector Compatibility Table Model Data Sheet Number Description — 6300 FireFinder® XLS (system overview) FC901 9813 50 -point panel FC922 9815 252 -point system (networkable) FC924 9815 504 -point system (networkable) FV922 9821 252 -point intelligent voice communication system FV922 9821 504 -point intelligent voice communication system SIEMENSCerberus® PRO Siemens Industry, Inc. — Building Technologies Div. 01 8 Fernwood Road • Florham Park, NJ 07932 i Tel: (973) 593-2600 • Fax: (908) 547-6877 Web: vvww.USA.Siemens.com/Cerberus-PRO Details for Ordering Model Part Number Description OP921 S54320 -F4 -A2 Photoelectric Smoke Detector DB -11 500-094151 Detector Mounting Base DB -11E 500-094151E Detector Base {small} DB2 -HR S54320 -F12 -A1 Relay Base RL HC 500-033230, Remote Alarm Indicator: octagon -box mount, red RL HW 500-033310 Remote Alarm Indicator: single -gang box mount, red FDBZ492 554319 -B22 -A1 Addressable Air -Duct Housing FDBZ492-HR 554319 -B23 -A1 Addressable Air Duct Detector with Relay LK -11 500-695350 Base Locking Kit STI -9604 STI Mechanical Protection Guard See: wvvvv.STI-USA.com for further details on ordering Model STI -9604. In Canada, order: Model Part Number Description DB 11C 500-095687 Detector Mounting Base for ®ULC (Listed) NOTICE —The information contained in this data -sheet document is intended only as a summary, and is subject to change without notice. The devices described here have specific instruction sheets that cover various technical, limitation and liability information. Copies of these instruction sheets and the General Product Warning and Limitations document, which also contains important information, are provided with the product and, are available from the Manufacturer. Information contained in these documents should be consulted before specifying or using the product. For further information or assistance concerning particular problems contact the Manufacturer. Building Technologies Division STI –Fire Safety [Printed in U.S.A j March 2015 — Supersedes sheet dated 11/2013 (Rev. 5) SIEMENS Installation/Wiring Instructions MODEL DB -11/-11E DETECTOR BASE DB -11/-11E (NO REMOTE DEVICE) + / 1b TO INITIATING CIRCUIT OF SBT, INC. COMPATIBLE CONTROL UNIT SEE CAUTION DB -HR (REMOTE RELAY BASE) Fire Safety END OF LINE DEVICE (NOTE POLARITY WHEN APPLICABLE) +\ SEE REMOTE DEVICE INSTRUCTIONS FOR WIRING DETAILS: INSTALLATION )NSTRUCTIONS PM 315-094924 P/N 315-094925 P/N 315-094926 PEVICti RR -11 RLC -11, RLW-11 RSAC-11, RSAW-11 CAUTION: 1. Do not use looped wire under base terminal 5. Break wire run to provide supervision of connection. 2. When a remote relay is used to control a critical system function. the relay and its associated detector and optional modulels) must be the ONLY devices on the initiating circuit lblb MULTIPLE REMOTE DEVICES remote devices are supported by the initiating circuit, each detector/base may have up to 2 remote devices with the following configurations and restrictions only. Remote Remote Device 1 pevice 2 Restrictions RR -11 RLC -11, RLW-11 See Caution 2 RR -11 RSAC-11, RSAW-11 See Caution 2 RLC -11, RLW-11 RSAC-11, RSAW-11 Wire fmm base to RLC -11, RLW-11 RLC -11, RLW-11 RSAC-11/RSAW-11 to RL -11 Figure 1 Wiring Diagram for DB -11/-11E using PE -11 PE -117, and DT -11 Detectors DB -11/-11E (NO REMOTE DEVICE + DB-11XRS (REMOTE RELAY BASE) + + O NEXT BASE DO NOT TO INITIATING CIRCUIT OF SBT, INC. COMPATIBLE CONTROL UNIT OPTIONAL REMOTE ALARM INDICATOR MODELS RLI -1 / RU -2 USE AN END OF UNE DEVICE 'The relay contacts are shown in the Non-Alarm/System Reset condition. Figure 2 Wiring Diagram for D8 -11/-11E using FP -11, FPT-11, FS -DP, FS -DPT, and FS -DT Detectors DO NOT USE AN „to, ENDINE OF L TO NEXT BASE DEVICE LINE 1" DB -11 (NO REMOTE DEVICE) DB -HR (REMOTE RELAY BASE) TO NEXT BASE DO NOT �♦ USE AON END F LINE DEVICE TO INITIATING CIRCUIT OF SBT, INC. COMPATIBLE CONTROL UNIT LINE 2** � *The relay contacts are shown in the Non-Alar/System Reset condition. '"HFP-11/HFPT-11/HFPO-1ISFP-11/SFPT-11/SFPO-11 is a polarity insensitive detector. Line 1 and Line 2 can be either line of the loop. NOTE: SFP-11 Series detectors are approved for use in Canada only. Figure 3 Wiring Diagram for DB -111--11E using HFP-11 Series and SFP-11 Series Detectors OPTIONAL REMOTE ALARM INDICATOR MODELS RL -HW / RL -HC T DO NOT USE AN ENDINE OF L TO NEXT BASE DEVICE Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. 8 Fernwood Road Florham Park, New Jersey 07932 Siemens Building Technologies, Ltd. Model DB -11/-11E 2 Kenview Boulevard Brampton, Ontario, Canada L6T 5E4 (P/N 500-094151/500-094151E) Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. 8 Fernwood Road Florham Park, New Jersey 07932 �1 Siemens Building Technologies, Ltd. Model DB -11/-11E 2 Kenview Boulevard Brampton, Ontario, Canada L6T 5E4 (P/N 500-094151/500-094151E) DETECTOR AND BASE PLACEMENT Detector and base locations shall follow the drawings provided or approved by Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. or its authorized distributors. This is extremely important! The detector placements shown on these drawings were chosen after a careful evaluation of all facets of the protected area. When drawings are not available, refer to Detector Placement section of detector Installation/Wiring Instructions and to NFPA Standard 72 and CAN/ULC-S524. BASE WIRING Siemens Building Technologies, Inc.'s detectors should be interconnected as shown in Figures 1, 2 or 3 and wired to the control panel following the wiring connection drawing installed on the inside face of each control panel cover. NOTE: H Series devices are wired to the DLC or FS -DLC; S Series devices are wired to the FDLC. Note any limitations on the number of detectors and restrictions on the use of remote devices permitted for each circuit. DETECTOR MOUNTING USINGTHE DB -11/-11E BASE The detector is provided with a separate base which attaches to a standard 4 inch square, 4 inch octagonal, or single gang electrical box, with the box size and depth required by the NEC for the number and size of conductors used. Wire size: max —14 AWG, min —18 AWG. Refer to Figures 4 and 5, as applicable. 1. Route all wires outward from outlet box. Figure 4 Mounting The DB -11 Base Figure 5 Mounting The DB -11E Base 2. When ALARM LED viewing is critical, position the LED mark in the base in the intended direction. 3. Route wires through the hole in the center of the base and mount base to outlet box. Make connections directly to the base terminals. Refer to Figures 1, 2 and 3 for details. 4. After all bases are installed, check loop continuity. Refer to the System Manual for the loop continuity check procedure. To allow for the continuity check with PE -11, PE -11T or DT -11 detectors, use DBJ-11 Jumper Kit, P/N 500-699167 (between terminals 1 a and 1b) to complete the loop. Do not use a jumper for FP -11 /HFP-11/FS/ SFP-11 family devices. 5. Continuity jumper must be removed from each base prior to installing detector. 6. To insure proper installation of the detector head into the base: a. Route wires away from connector terminals. b. Take up all slack in the outlet box. c. Properly dress and position all wires flat against the base. d. Check that screw terminals are tight. 7. (DB -11 only) Break off the two mounting hole covers, and insert in two outer base mounting holes. Installation Instructions P/N 315-094193-8 SIEMENS Data Sheet Fire Safety Products HTRI-Series Interface Modules Models HTRI-D, HTRI-R and HTRI-S (and USCG-HPLATE for Marine installs) ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS • Interfacing and supervising normally open (N.0) or normally closed (N.C) contacts • Integral single -pole, double -throw (SPDT) relay on Model HTRI-R (up to 4 amps) • Dual input on Model HTRI-D, using a single address • Polarity insensitive with SureWireTM technology • Dynamic supervision • Two -wire operation • Multi -color light -emitting diode (LED) indicates system status: • GREEN 1 AMBER 1 RED • Mounts in a 4 -inch (10.2 cm.) square, 2-1/4' (5.7 cm.) deep single -gang or double -gang back box • Easy front access to programming port and wiring terminals • Comes with 5"-x- 5" (12.7 -x- 12.7 cm.) plastic faceplate • Separate metal cover plate required for use in Marine installations • Electronic address programming is easy and dependable • Device Programmer/Tester programs and verifies address of the device and tests for proper functionality • Electronic address programming is easy and dependable • ©UL Listed & ?ULC Listed; FM, CSFM and NYCFD Approved Product Overview The Siemens— Fire Safety HTRI-series Intelligent interface modules are designed to provide the means of interfacing direct shorting devices to the fire -alarm control panel (FACP) loop circuit. The HTRI-series modules provide the most advanced method of address programming and supervision on the market—combined with sophisticated control panel communication. Each HTRI-series interface module incorporates a microcomputer chip, and each interface module achieves the state of an 'intelligent device' through its microcomputer -chip technology, combined with its sophisticated, bi-directional communication capabilities with the FACP. Specifications The Siemens Mode HTRI-series intelligent interface modules are available in three (3) types: Model HTRI- D, as well as Models HTRI-S and HTRI-R, which are both designed to monitor a (N.0) or (N.C) dry contact. The interface module reports the status of the (N.0) or (N.C) contact to the control panel. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technoloaies Division Model HTRI-S can only monitor and report the status of the contact, while Model HTRI-R incorporates an addressable 'Form C' relay. The Model HTRI-R relay and contact device input are controlled at the same address. For the FACP, the relay and input contact can be controlled as a separate function. The relay is typically used where control or shunting of external equipment is required. The Model HTRI-D is a dual -input module that is designed to supervise and monitor two (2) sets of dry contacts. Model HTRI-D only requires one (1) address, but responds independently to each input. Model HTRI-D is ideal for monitoring a water -flow switch and its respective valve tamper switch. Model HTRI-D flashes twice — once for each address, and Model HTRI-R LED indicates a change of state in the relay. The device's microcomputer chip has the capacity of storing, in memory, identification information; as well as important operating -status data. HTRI Series Interface Modules 6304 C\ Specifications (continued) Each Model HTRI device has a multi -color LED that flashes GREEN when operating in Normal; ;'AIV,(I3ER if unit is in Trouble condition, and RED to indicate a change of state. Field -Device Programmer Siemens — Fire Safety innovative technology allows HTRI-series intelligent interface modules to be programmed via the Device Programming / Test Unit: a compact, portable and menu -driven accessory that makes programming and testing an interface device faster, easier and more dependable than previous methods. The programmer / tester eliminates the need for mechanical addressing mechanisms, such as: program jumpers, DIP switches or rotary dials, since Model DPU electronically sets the HTRI-series interface address into the non-volatile memory of the interface microcomputer -chip. Vibration, corrosion and other conditions that deteriorate mechanical addressing mechanisms are no longer a cause for concern. The HTRI-series is fitted with screw terminals for connection to an addressable circuit, and is fully compatible on the same Siemens FACPs with Siemens Model 'H' -series intelligent detectors; Model 'HMS' -series addressable manual stations, or any other addressable intelligent modules (e.g. — Model HZM or Model HCP). Temperature and Humidity Range Model HTRI-series intelligent interface modules are oUL Listed. Environmental operating conditions for HTRI-D, HTRI-R and HTRI-S modules are 32°F (0°C) to 120°F (49°C) with a relative humidity of no greater than 93%, non -condensing. Electrical Ratings Current Draw (Active or Standby) 1.3mA Relay Ratings, Model HTRI-R Resistive: 4 Amps, 125 VAC 4 Amps, 30 VDC Electrical Ratings Relay Ratings, Model HTRI-R - (cont.'d) Inductive: 3.5A, 120 VAC (0.6P.F.) 3.0A, 30 VDC (0.6P.F.) 2.0A, 120 VAC (0.4P.F.) 2.0A, 120 VAC (0.35P.F.) 2.0A, 30 VDC (0.35P.F.) Mounting Diagram Models HTRI-S, HTRI-D and HTRI-R mount directly into a 4 -inch (10.2 cm.) square, 2 1/4" (5.7 cm.) -deep box back box, or to a user -supplied double -gang back box. A 5" (12.7 cm.) square, off-white faceplate is included with each HTRI-series module. Note: For Marine installations, a metal cover faceplate (Model USCG-HPLATE) is available separately. The faceplate must be used to protect Siemens HTRI-series interface modules from receiving radio-frequency interference (RFI). MOUNTING SLOTS FOR 4 -INCH SWITCHBOX HTRI-S/-D/-R MODULE MOUNTING HOLES FOR SWITCHPLATE MOUNTING SLOTS FOR DOUBLEGANG SWITCHBOX Details for Ordering Model NPart umber Description HTRI-R 500-033300 Single Input Module with Relay HTRI-D 500-033360 Dual Input Module HTRI-S 500-033370 Single Input Module USCG- HPLATE S54319 -F22 -A1 *Metal Cover Plate for HTRI Series Interface Modules denotes for required use with Marine -only installations I applications Notice: This marketing data sheet is not intended to be used for system design or installation purposes. For the most up-to-date information, refer to each product's installation instructions. SIEMENS Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division Fire Safety 8 Fernwood Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 Tel: (973) 593-2600 FAX: (908) 547-6877 URL: www.USA.Siemens.com/FIRE (SII -FS) Printed in U.S.A. Fire Safety 1577 North Service Road East Oakville, Ontario L6H OH61 Canada Tel: [905] 465-8000 February 2016 Supersedes sheet dated 6/2015 (Rev. 6) SIEMENS Installation Instructions Model HTRI-M Addressable Interface Module The SIEMENS Model HTRI-M Series Addressable interface module interfaces direct shorting devices to the DLC loop circuit of the FireFinder-XLS System or the FS -DLC loop of the FS -250 System. It is also approved for 1076, Proprietary Burglary. The HTRI-M can monitor a normally open or closed dry contact and it can report the status of the contact. Figure 1 HTRI-M Module PROGRAMMING Refer to Figure 1 to locate the red and black DLC/FS-DLC loop circuit wires of the HTRI-M. /t\T NOTE I� P/N 315-049480-1 Connect the Addressable Loop Driver circuit wires of the HTRI-M to the SIEMENS Model DPU Programmer/Tester. Use the cable provided with the Programmer/Tester and the 2 alligator clip to banana plug adapters provided. To Prevent DamageToThe DPU: DO NOT connect a HTRI-M to the DPU until all field wiring is removed from the red and black DLC/FS-DLC loop circuit wires of the HTRI-M. Connection from the DPU to the HTRI-M is not polarity sensitive. Refer to Figure 3 for the proper connections to the control panel. (Refer to Figure 2.) Follow the instructions in the DPU Programmer/Tester Manual (P/N 315-033260) to program the desired address into HTRI-M. Record the device address on the label located on the HTRI-M.The HTRI-M can now be installed and wired to the system. NORMALLY CLOSED SWITCHES (SEE NOTE 4) END OF LINE RESISTOR 470 OHMS, 1/4W NORMALLY OPEN SWITCHES (SEE NOTES 2, 3 AND 5) 1 old T NOTES: 1. There can be any number of normally closed or normally open switches. 2. The end of line resistor must be located at the last switch. 3. Do not wire a normally closed switch across the end of line resistor. 4. Only for use with security and status applications. 5. Do not use N.O. switches for security applications. Figure 2 Wiring Switches END OF LINE RESISTOR 470 OHMS, 1/4W Siemens Building Technologies Fire Safety WIRING NOTE PIK— (Refer to Figure 3.) Refer to the wiring diagram and wire the addressable interface module accordingly. Recommended wire size: 18AWG minimum 14AWG maximum HTRI-M ORANGE RANGE GREEN BLA K RED Figure 3 Installing the HTRI-M Wiring SUPERVISED SWITCH (SEE NOTES 1 AND 2) 470 OHM, %W END OF LINE DEVICE T 5 (SEE NOTE 2) LINE 2 LINE 1 LINE 2 LINE 1 GROUND (SEE NOTE 5) LFROM FIREFINDER-XLS / FS -250 CONTROL PANEL ADDRESSABLE J LOOP DRIVER CIRCUIT OR FROM PREVIOUS ADDRESSABLE DEVICE JTO NEXT ADDRESSABLE DEVICE NOTES: 1. All supervised switches must be held closed and/or open for at (east a quarter of a second to guarantee detection. 2. End of line device: 470 ohm, 1/4W resistor, P/N 140-820164. For Canadian applications, use Model EL -33 with 470 ohm, 1/4W resistor. 3. HTRI-M is polarity insensitive. Line 1 and Line 2 can be either line of the loop. 4. The supervised switches have the following ratings: Voltage maximum: 27 VDC Current maximum: 6mA during polling Contact resistance maximum: 10 ohms Maximum cable length: 200 feet (18 AWG) CLinetoline: 0.02uF CL,eecosnew: 0.04uF Max line size: 14 AWG Min line size: 18 AWG �AUTIOI� Ground shield ONLY at the specified location on the Control Panel. EOL device must be a 470 ohm, 1/4 W resistor. When replacing an existing HTRI on a device loop, you must also replace the EOL resistor if it is not 470 ohms, 1/4W. 5. The green wire must be connected to earth ground. a. Use wire nuts to pass the shield wire through the electrical box with NO connection to the device green wire. b. Use shielded wire to connect the switch wiring. c. Tie the switch wiring shield to earth ground. 6. For proprietary burglary application: a. Use aTSW-1/2 tamper switch to monitor the main enclosure. b. Monitor each HTRI-M related to this application continuously by using a listed motion detector (to prevent tampering). 7. In supervisory: HTRI-M draws 1.3mA 8. All circuits are power limited. MOUNTING The SIEMENS Model HTRI-M mounts directly into a single gang switchbox (user supplied) Connect the appropriate wires using wire nuts.Tuck the HTRI-M module inside the electrical box and dress the wiring as required. (See Figure 4.) Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. Siemens Building Technologies, Ltd. 8 Fernwood Road 2 Kenview Boulevard Florham Park, New Jersey 07932 Brampton, Ontario L6T 5E4 CN BLANK SINGLEGANG •— SWITCHPLATE (USER SUPPLIED) Figure 4 Mounting the HTRI-M DO NOT USE REAR CONDUIT ENTRY SINGLEGANG SWITCHBOX (USER SUPPLIED) P/M Q1C�nA 0A0l1 , Data Sheet Specialized Devices Air -Duct Housings (FDBZ Series) Models FDBZ492, FDBZ492-HR, FDBZ492-R and FDBZ492-PR {with FDBZ-WT and FDBZ-RTL} ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER SPECIFICATIONS • Four (4) models available ■ Addressable and conventional with and without relays • Compatible with various Siemens — Fire Safety fire -alarm control panels (FACPs) • Magnet test feature with the Model OP121 conventional detector • Design for air -velocity range of 100 to 4,000 feet -per -minute (fpm) i KUM SIMMS ! .74 • .1013411. 1,21 Remote alarm indicator [FDBZ-RTLj • Robust, compatible conventional remote indicator test switch that incorporates tri -color Tight -emitting diode (LED) • Clear housing cover with smoke test port on cover for quick identification of detector type • Removable with only four (4) captive -thumb screws (no tools required) • Includes a smoke / aerosol detector test port • Optional NEMA 4X -reinforced, stainless-steel and watertight enclosure available, Model FDBZ-WT • No tools required for cover removal, sampling and exhaust -tube installations • Trouble -event activation upon front -cover removal • Alarm LED visible from front Product Overview The Siemens— Fire Safety Model 'FDBZ'-series of air - duct -detector housings are designed for use with Siemens Model 'H' -series, Cerberus PRO -series and Model OP121 detectors (see: Details for Ordering for a complete list of compatible devices). Designed for installation directly to heating, ventilating and air-conditioning (HVAC) duct systems, the Model 'FDBZ'-series of duct housings complies with National Fire Protection Association Standard (NFPA) No.'s 72 and 90A, and is Underwriters' Laboratories Listed. When equipped, the air -duct detector housing will signal the presence of smoke being carried through the duct system. Air -duct detectors are not intended to be substituted for open -area detection. Notes: Most conventional time -control equipment guarantee only one (1) detector per zone when the detector's operated relay function is critical. The connection of a remote Tamp and a remote relay —per detector — is allowed. Refer to the installation manual of the respective conventional FACP. Cerberus® PRO FDBZ-series of a ir-duct housings 1FDBZ492. FDBZ492-HR. FDBZ492-R and FDBZ492-PR1 Watertight housing [FDBZ-W11 • Self-contained model available with 'on -board' power supply for conventional detectors • Expanded temperature range • Relay models available • ®UL268A Listed, ©ULC -S529 Listed; FM (#3010), CSFM (#3240-0067:0265) Approved Notes - (cont.'d): With either the Cerberus PRO series or FireFinder® XLS series of FACPs, up to 252 -addressable detectors with relays per circuit maybe used. The connection of an intelligent remote lamp (ILED) and a remote relay is allowed for each detector simultaneously. Specifications The Model 'FDBZ'-series of air -duct housings are uniquely designed to use with the photoelectric detector. Sensitivity of Models PE -11 and OP121 detectors can be verified for calibration via LED visual status or a Model RSAW-11, Model RSAC-11 or FDBZ-RTL multi -color remote lamp. A green flash indicates the detector has passed its self test. Amber indicates a Trouble condition, and red indicates an Alarm event, Sensitivity for Models HFP-11, FP -11, HFPO-11, OP921, 00H941 and 00HC941 is verified from the multi -color LED of the respective detector, or its sensitivity reading may be printed by command from the corresponding FACP to an optional printer. 9906C Fire Safety Products Model 'FDBZ' Series of Air -Duct Housings and Detectors Answers for infrastructure EM ENS Specifications — (continued) The remote alarm indicator (Model FDBZ-RTL) allows for manual testing via a key -switch for the conventional detector as well as the conventional air -duct housing with relay. Model FDBZ-RTL, which mounts remotely from the conventional air -duct housing, allows for manual relay - output control. The duct -detector remote indicator key - switch also indicates the current state of the detector. The watertight housing (Model FDBZ-WT), which allows the air -duct detector housing to be installed inside the separate NEMA 4X enclosure, is for installations for either an outdoor area or in environments where excessive moisture is prevalent. Each detector unit employs a cross-sectional sampling principle of operation. Inlet sampling tubes are available in four (4) lengths (see: Sampling Tube Selection Table). Outlet sampling tubes are one (1) common length and draw. A continuous, cross-sectional sample of air moves through the duct. Stratification or skin affect phenomenon that occurs in the duct can prevent smoke (especially in large ducts) from reaching a spot -type detector. In addition, the unique design of the sampling chamber insures uniform sensitivity in air velocities, ranging from a low of 100 fpm to as high as 4,000 fpm. Each air -duct (Th housing comes with three (3) wiring entry ports: • • Two (2) 3/4" conduit knockouts ■ One (1) 1/2" conduit opening The inlet sampling tube length is determined by the width of the air duct being protected. The inlet tube — greater than and nearest to the duct width — should be used (see: Sampling Tube Selection Table). The inlet tube can then be trimmed at the job site to the exact width of the duct. The outlet sampling tube for all ducts — irrespective of width — has a fixed length of approximately 5.5 inches (14cm.), and is supplied with the air -duct housing. Note: When the use of a remote relay is required, order Model FDBZ492-R for conventional systems; Model FDBZ492-HR for addressable systems. When required, a separate watertight enclosure (Model FDBZ-WT), which is designed to contain the air -duct housings is available. (For full details, refer to installation instructions for the respective air -duct housing.) Note: When a self-contained duct detector with power supply is required, order Model FDBZ492-PR. (For full details, refer to installation instructions part number A6V10330327.) Sampling Tube Selection Table Duct Width Sampling Tube (Model No.) For duct widths 6" to 1' ST -10 For duct widths 1' to 3' ST -25 For duct widths 3' to 5' (requires support) ST -50 For duct widths 5' to 10' (requires support) ST -100 Maintenance of the detector is easily accomplished via the removal of the duct -housing sampling chamber cover. The detector, which plugs into the housing, is easily removed for cleaning or replacing by a trained technician. All that is necessary for installation of the air -duct detector is the cutting of three (3) small holes for the Sampling Tube installation (template included), and the drilling of two (2) holes for mounting the air -duct housing. The unit is then easily mounted in place, and connection made to the existing wires or terminals — if optional accessories are utilized. No mechanical tools are required for removing the cover or connecting the sampling and exhaust tubes to an air -duct housing. Models ST -50 and ST -100 require support. However, Model ST -100 is shipped in two (2) 5 -ft. (152 cm.) pieces with a coupling for field assembly. Technical Data Operating Temperature Ranges: Sampling Tube Pressure Range of Differences: +32°F (0°C) to 120°F (49°C) Relative Humidity: Air Pressure / Altitude Range: Air -Duct Velocity: Dimensions: Detector Weight: > 0.01 inches; < 1.2 inches of water column 0 — 95%; non -condensing No effect / No limitations 100 — 4,000 ft. / min (0.51— 20m / sec) tH-x-W-x-D} • Rectangular: 14.38" -x- 5" -x- 2.5" (37 cm. -x- 12.7 cm. -x- 6.36 cm.) • Square: 7.75" -x- 9" -x- 2.5" (19.7 cm. -x- 22.9 cm. -x- 6.36 cm.) 1.8 Lbs. (0.82 Kg.) s Canada Limited Cerberus® PRO Operation Based on the monitoring results, the LED indicator flashes the following colors based on the following conditions: Flash Color Condition Flash Interval (in seconds) 1 s;;; ``' ,Gree[t*:-; i ' .,1 Normal supervisory Y operation. P Smoke sensitivity is within rated limits. 10 Yellow: Detector is in Trouble condition, and needs either repair or replacement. 4 Red:, Alarm condition. 1 No Flash: Detector is not powered. -- * LED can be turned OFF. Please follow the corresponding description of the panel used. Products included with the air -duct housing: - (1) short -return (outlet) tube - (1) stopper - (2) #12 + 3/4" sheet -metal screws - (1) mounting template Note: Detector and sampling tube to be purchased separately. Minimum hardware required is: one (1) air -duct housing assembly; one (1) sampling tube and one (1) detector. s Canada Limited Details for Ordering Model NPart umber Description A two -wire addressable or conventional duct detector (without relays) designed for direct use on heating, ventilating and air- conditioning (HVAC) air -duct systems, When equipped, the air -duct detector FDBZ492 S54319 -B22- housing will signal the presence of smoke Al being carried through the duct system. For use with the following Models: — 8710 —8713 —00H941 — OP121 — 6854 — HFPO-11 — 00HC941 — PE -11 — FP -11 — HFP-11 A two -wire addressable duct detector (with relays) designed for direct use to HVAC air - duct systems and works with the Remote Test Switch (FDBZ-RTL). This part has a programmable relay base, and when equipped, the addressable ah --duct detector FDBZ492- S54319 -B23- housing will signal the presence of smoke HR Al being carried through the duct system. For use with the following Models: — 8710 — FP -11 — 8713 — HFP-11 — 00H941 — HFPO-11 — 00HC941 — OP921 A two -wire conventional duct detector with relays designed for direct use on HVAC air - duct systems. This detector has a relay base, and when equipped with conventional FDBZ492-R- S54319 -B24- Al air -duct housing, will signal the presence of smoke being carried through the duct system. For use with the following Models: — PE -11 — OP121 — 8854 A four -wire conventional duct detector with relays and a built-in power supply, Housing is designed for direct use to HVAC air -duct systems. It has a relay base with a built-in FDBZ492 554319 825- power source. When equipped with conventional air -duct housing, this duct PR Al detector will signal the presence of smoke being carried through the duct system. For use with the following Models: — PE -11 — FDBZ492-R — FDBZ492-HR Device is used for manual testing via a key - switch for duct -housing Models FDBZ492-R, FDBZ492-PR and FDBZ492-HR. Device mounts remotely from the conventional air - air - duct housing, allowing for.manual relay- FDBZ-RTL S54319 527 output control, The duct -detector remote Al key -switch also indicates the current state of the detector. For use with the following Models: — FDBZ492-HR — FDBZ492-R — FDBZ492-PR An optional, separate watertight NEMA 4X enclosure (Model FDBZ-WT) that provides added watertight protection for any of the Model FDBZ492-series duct housings. The duct housing fits into the separate 4X enclosure. This part allows the air -duct FDBZ VUT S54319 -B26- detector housing to be installed in the Al separate enclosure, and can be used in either an outdoor area or In environments where excessive moisture is prevalent. For use with the following Models: — FDBZ492 — FDBZ492-R — FDBZ492-HR — FDBZ492-PR ST -10 500-649710 Sampling tube for Ducts 6" to 1' ST -25 500-649711 Sampling tube for Ducts over 1' to 3' ST -50 500-649712 Sampling tube for Ducts 3" to 5' ST -100 500-649713 Sampling tube for Ducts 5' to 10' Cerberus® PRO S Cerberus® PRO Siemens — Canada, Limited c2 Kenview Boulevard • Brampton, Ontario L6T 5E4 / Canada Tel: (905) 799-9937 • Fax: (905) 79858 Web: www.USA.Siemens.com/Cerberus-PRO NOTICE — The information contained in this data -sheet document is intended only as a summary, and is subject to change without notice. The devices described here have specific instruction sheets that cover various technical, limitation and liability information. Copies of these instruction sheets and the General Product Warning and Limitations document, which also contains important information, are provided with the product and, are available from the Manufacturer, Information contained in these documents should be consulted before specifying or using the product. For further information or assistance concerning particular problems contact the Manufacturer. Building Technologies Division SU - Fire Safety [Printed in U.S.A September 2014 — Supersedes sheet dated 8/2013 (Rev. 4) SIEMENS HCP FireFinderTMXLS Control Point Module ENGINEER AND ARCHITECT SPECIFICATIONS • Intelligent Device for use with FireFinder XLS Control Panel • Used as aTelephone Zone, Speaker Zone or Notification Appliance Circuit • Provides either a 25V (35 Watts) or 70.7V (25 Watts) Single Channel Speaker Zone • Provides 24VDC Notification Appliance Circuits • Used with Siemens Fire Safety Notification Appliances • FirefightersTelephone Circuits • Polarity Insensitive with SureWire TM Technology • Internally Power Limited Using Self Restoring Solid State Thermal Devices • Supervised DC Input • Mounts on Standard Electrical Box (Double Gang or 4" Square) • No Mechanical Address Programming Required Listed and ULC Listed; City of Chicago, CSFM, NYMEA (Pending) Fire Safety Description The HCP provides an intelligent control point for the FireFinder XLS Control Panel. The HCP can be pro- grammed as an independent, remotely located tele- phone zone, speaker zone or notification appliance circuit. The HCP is designed to be used with the Siemens Fire Safety notification appliance product line. The HCP can be programmed for any of the usages mentioned above using the ZEUS programming software and controlled by the systems' output logic. It can be addressed and tested using the DPU device, eliminating the need for any mechanical addressing. The output of the HCP is inherently power limited using solid state, self -restoring thermal devices. The HCP communicates through the DLC analog loop and can be wired either Class A (Style Z) or Class B (Style Y). The 24VDC power input comes from either the control panel or from any UL listed power limited, auxiliary power supply. This 24VDC input to the HCP is supervised by the HCP itself so that power wiring may include branch circuits. When programmed as a speaker zone, the high power audio risers are supervised using the ZAC- 40 or ZAM-80/180 zone amplifiers. When programmed as a telephone zone, the telephone riser is supervised by the TZC-8 module. The HCP mounts in a standard double gang or 4" square electrical box. This equipment is approved for operation over the temperature range of 0°C to 49°C and relative humid- ity range of 93% RH +/- 2% RH at 40°C +/-2°C. CATALOG NUMBER c'11 R7 Mounting Data 31x4 INCH DEEP, DOUBLE GANG SWITCHBOX DOUBLE GANG BLANK SWITCHPLATE (USER SUPPLIED) 1. Use a standard 31/2" deep, double gang electrical switchbox or a 4" square electrical box that is 21/2" deep with either a 11/2" deep extension or a 11/4" deep plaster ring extension. 2. Connect the field wiring. Insert the HCP into the box and fasten the module plate to the box. 1 NOTICE: The use of other than Fire Safety detectors and bases with Fire Safety equipment will be considered a misapplication of Fire Safety equipment and as such void all warranties either expressed or Implied with regard to loss, damage, liabilities and/or service problems. Siemens Building Technologies Fire Safety 4 INCH SQUARE ELECTRICAL BOX, 21 r4 INCHES DEEP 1 1/ INCH DEEP EXTENSION OR 11/4 INCH DEEP PLASTER RING EXTENSION —4 INCH SQUARE BLANK PLATE (USER SUPPLIED) OR DOUBLE GANG BLANK SWITCHPLATE (USER SUPPLIED) Note: When using the double gang switchbox or the plaster ring extension, use the same four screws to fasten both the module and the blank plate (user supplied). 3. Cover the module front plate with a 4" blank plate (user supplied) and fasten with two plate screws. Fire Safety 8 Fernwood Road Florham Park, NJ 07932 Tel: (973) 593-2600 FAX: (973) 593-6670 Website: www.sbt.siemens.com/fis 1/03 5M SFS -IG Printed in U.S.A. Fire Safety 2 Kenview Boulevard Brampton, Ontario Canada L6T 5E4 Tel: (905) 799-9937 FAX: (905) 799-9858 January 2003 Supersedes sheet dated 12/01 Model FDCI0422 Addressable Input/Output module S54322 -F4 -A1 Installation Instructions INTRODUCTION The FDCI0422 is used for the connection of up to 2 independent Class A or 4 independent Class B dry N/O configurable contacts. Input lines can be supervised for open, short and ground fault conditions (depending on EOL termination resistor and class configuration). Inputs can be independently configured via the fire control panel for alarm, trouble, status or supervisory zones. The FDCI0422 has 4 programmable outputs with 4 potential -free latching type form A relay contacts for fire control installations. Status indication per LED for each input and output plus 1 LED for general status of the device. Power supply via FDnet (supervised power limited). • Including 4 EOL devices (470 0) • 3 separators to separate the power limited wiring from the non -power limited. Separators are delivered in 3 different sizes for standard 4 11/16 -inch box, 4 11/16 -inch extension ring and 5 -inch box (RANDL). Download Zink Desigo: https://www.buildingtechnologies.siemens.com/extranet/ba-sp/ Download link Cerberus PRO: http://iknow.us009.siemens.net/infolink A CAUTION `_ Electric shock! High voltages may occur on the terminals. Always use a faceplate and the separator(s). Figure 1 FDCI0422 cage and carrier REMOVE TERMINAL STRIP FOR EASY WIRING Figure 2 Removing the cage and the terminal strips from the carrier SIFMFNS !curl Inn CAUTION `_ This device is not intended forapplications in explosive environments. For complete configuration and commissioning of the FDCI0422 also refer to the user documentation of your panel, especially for the software tool used for configuration. i REMOVE TERMINAL STRIP FOR EASY WIRING Figure 2 Removing the cage and the terminal strips from the carrier SIFMFNS !curl Inn PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Zt-_ NOTICE Flash Intervals (Seconds) To prevent potential damage to the DPU (refer to manual P/N 315-033260) or to the 8720 (refer to manual P/N 315- 033260FA) DO NOT connect a FDCI0422 to the DPU or 8720 until the cage is removed from the carrier (Figure 2). Refer to Figure 3 to locate the opening on the cage cover that allows access to the programming holes which are on the FDCI0422 printed circuit board. To connect the FDCI0422 to the DPU or 8720 Programmer/Tester, insert the plug from the DPU/8720 cable provided with the Programmer/Tester into the opening on the front of the FDCI0422. Be sure to insert the locating tab on the plug into the slot for the locating tab as shown in Figure 3. Minimum Firmware revision of the DPU must be 9.00.0004, for 8720 must be 5.02.0002. WIRING PROGRAMMING OUTPUT ACTIVE LED," HOLES red MODULE STATUS LED, green (device normal) red....(Input active, output active, alarm or LED manually turned on) amber (trouble) INPUT ACTIVE LED, red INPUT TROUBLE LED, yellow "Command for the activation of the output received by the control unit SLOT FOR PLUG FROM DPU/8720 LOCATING TAB PROGRAMMER/TESTER '— LOCATING TAB Figure 3 Connecting the DPU/8720 plug to the cage Modul Status LED Flash Color Condition Flash Intervals (Seconds) Green' Normal supervisory operation. 10 Amber Device is in trouble 4 Red Locate / Alarm 1 Input/Output active 10 No Flashes Device is not powered, or replacement is needed. - ' LED can be tumed off. Please follow the corresponding description of the Panel used. Refer to Figure 11. Refer to the appropriate wiring diagram and wire the addressable input/output module accordingly. [11 Recommended wire size: 18 AWG minimum and 14 AWG maximum Wire larger than 14 AWG can damage the connector. 2 (Refer to Figures 2 and 3). Follow the instructions in the DPU manual or 8720 manual to program the FDCI0422 to the desired address. Record the device address on the label located on the front of the module. The FDCI0422 can now be installed and wired to the system. UL864 CLASS B, STYLE B NORMALLY OPEN PROGRAMMABLE SWITCHES (SEE NOTES 1, 2 AND 3) 0 IN 1-4 0 T EOL Rp 470C)14W UL864 CLASS A, STYLE D NORMALLY OPEN PROGRAMMABLE SWITCHES (SEE NOTES 1 AND 3) Figure 4 Wiring multiple switches INPUT NOTES: 1. There can be any number of normally open dry contact switches. 2. The end of line device must be located at the last switch. 3. Do not wire a normally closed switch across the end of line device in a normally open wiring. 4. Multiple switches: for open wiring supervision only. Power limited wiring In compliance with NEC Article 760, all power limited fire protective signaling conductors must be separated a minimum of 1/4 inch from all of the following items located within an outlet box: • Electric light • Power • Class 1 or non -power limited fire protective signaling conductors To meet the above requirements, the following guidelines must be observed when installing this inpu!t/output module. If non -power limited wiring is not used ri-, within this outlet box, then these guidelines do not apply. In that case, be sure to follow standard wiring practices. Separators The separators must be used when the relay contacts are connected to non -power limited lines. Mount the correct separator in the box used (4 111/16 -inch box and 5 -inch box). If an extension ring is used in connection with a 4 11/16 -inch square box an additional separator has to be mounted in the extension ring. The separators create two compartments to separate the wires as shown in Figure 5. 5 INCH SQUARE BOX with 4t1/+a INCH ADAPTER PLATE 2.875 INCHES DEEP (67 in3) Figure 5 Mounting the separators in the boxes 4 '/s INCH SQUARE BOX 2 X INCHES DEEP (42 in3) Wiring entering outlet box All power limited wiring must enter the outlet box separately from the electric light, power, class 1, or non -power limited fire protection signaling conductors. For the FDCI0422, wiring to the terminal block for line and inputs must enter the outlet box separately from the terminals for outputs. For the output terminals, protection with a fuse is recommended. Refer to Figures 6 and 9. WIRING AT THE TERMINAL BLOCKS • Minimize the length of wire entering the outlet box. CCD { 'VI lo) 0) Q J 141):3D: o) 01 Out A A B B Out O +lb +lb 43 •5 In 1a In lb In 2a In Yh In 3a In 3b In 4a In 4b aDo®o aDo WJE ICY oI®p ®o 0' O ®a 0 ea 0 (IDa O ®a S:).;` to to 1 DO NOT USE! —P -- O P = POWER LIMITED N = NON -POWER LIMITED Figure 6 Power Limited Wiring 4t'/+ INCH SQUARE BOX WITH EXTENSION RING 11/2 INCHES DEEP (29.5 in3) 3 C1 MOUNTING Input/output module FDCI0422 can be mounted directly into a 4 11/16 -inch square box or 5 -inch square box. An additional extension ring can be mounted on the 4 11/16 -inch square box with two screws. For mounting the input/output module in the 5 -inch square box use a 4 11/16 -inch adapter plate. Fasten the module to the square box with the 4 screws provided with the box. Fasten the faceplate on the carrier using the 2 screws provided with the FDCI0422. 1 Be sure to program the FDCI0422 before fastening the faceplate to the unit. 4"As INCH SQUARE BOX 2 14 INCHES DEEP (42 in3) Volume allowance FDCI0422 1 FDCI0422 Volume 11.7 inch3, max. 20 conductors Check NFPA70, National Electric Code `314.16 Number of Conductors in Outlet, Device and Junction Boxes, and Conduit', Table 314.16(A) and (B), to choose the correct metal box (4 11/16 -inch square box, 411/16 -inch square box with extension ring or 5 -inch square box). & WARNING ` j It is not allowed to use the module without the faceplate. Remove the faceplate for service and maintenance reasons only! FDCI0422 CONTROL MODULE BARRIER (SUPPLIED) 5 INCH SQUARE BOX with 4"/,6INCH EXTENSION RING 4"46 INCH ADAPTER PLATE 11/2 INCHES DEEP (29.5 in3) 2.875 INCHES DEEP (67 in3) Figure 7 Mounting the FDCI0422 4 TECHNICAL DATA Operating voltage: DC 12 — 32 V Operating current (quiescent): 1 mA Absolute maximum peak current: 1.92 mA Maximum current connection factor 2): 4 Relays output 1): (normally open / normally closed) DC 30 V/Max. 4x 5 A or 2x 7 A (OUT B, C) or 1x 8 A (OUT C) Operating temperature: 32 —120 °F / 0 — 49 °C Storage temperature: -22 — +140 °F / -30 — +60 °C Humidity: 5 — 85 % R.H. (not freezing and condensing at low temperature) FACEPLATE 5% INCHES (SUPPLIED) Communication protocol: FDnet (supervised Signaling line circuit, Power limited) Color: Carrier: —RAL 9017 Cage cover: transparent Cage: —RAL 9017 Faceplate: white Standards: UL 864 Approvals: UL System compatibility FC2005, FC901 Dimensions: 4.1 x 4.7 x 1.2 inch Volume (cage and carrier): 11.7 inch.' 2 coil latching type, dry contact, Form A ''Average charge current of the device. 1 Load Unit (LU) equals to 250 pA. ( 1 0 0 PROGRAMMABLE RELAY CONTACTS SEE NOTES 12, 13, 14 AND 19 PROGRAMMABLE RELAY CONTACTS SEE NOTES 12, 13, 14 AND 19 Figure 8 Line wiring LINE 1-6 c FROM CONTROL PANEL LINE 2-5 E)—OR PREVIOUS LINE 1-6 ADDRESSABLE DEVICE ' TO NEXT 0 z Q 0 —.— oi LINE 2-5� DEVICE CO uj END OF LINE DEVICE Rp SEE NOTE 7 SEE NOTES 16 AND 17 CD O CCD WIRING NOTES: 6. All supervised switches must be held closed and/or open for at least 0.25 s to guarantee detection (depending on filter time). 7. End of line device: 470 D ± 1 %, 1/2 W resistor, delivered with the device (4x). 8. The inputs must be wired potential -free. 9. FDCI0422 is polarity insensitive. Line -6 and Line -5 can be either line of the loop. 10. Electrical ratings: FDnet voltage maximum: DC 32 V Absolute maximum peak current: 1.92 mA 11. Supervised switch ratings: Monitoring voltage: 3 V Cable length input: Max. 200 ft Input shielding required for cable lengths from: 30 ft — 200 ft Max. CUne to gine: 0.02 pF Max. Cline to shied: 0.04 pF Max. line size: 14 AWG Min. line size: 18 AWG 12. The operating current may never exceed the rated current. 13. As the outputs are not supervised by the module use an external supervision for critical applications. 14. Choose the correct AWG size for the intended operating current. 15. Connect incoming and outgoing shields together in an acceptable means. Insulate shields, do not make any connections to the device or back box. 16. Use shielded and/or twisted wire to connect the switch wiring and keep the wiring as short as possible. SUPERVISED PROGRAMMABLE SWITCH SEE NOTES 6, 8 AND 11 I- 0 z w w cn 17. Tie the switch wiring shield to the local earth ground (at only one end, refer to Figure 9). For multiple switches on the same input, connect incoming and outgoing shields together in an acceptable means. Insulate shields, do not make any connections to the device or back box. 18. Positive and negative ground fault detected at <25 k0 for inputs 1 — 4. v • The shield from the input must be connected to a known good earth ground for proper operation. We recommend to use the earth connector in the electrical box. • Conductive armored or conductive metal conduit cables are sufficient as shielding. • If a proper connection of the shield to a known good ground cannot be assured then unshielded cabling should be used. SHIELD INPUT WIRING ERMINAL CONNECT SHIELD TO BOX THE BOX NEEDS TO BE CONNECTED TO EARTH GROUND. (KNOWN GOOD GROUND) Figure 9 Input shielding OPEN 5 L c 6 19. Relay contact ratings: Cable length output: Max. 200 ft Normally open / Normally closed: Define intended max. ambient temperature (77 °F, 100 °F, 120 °F). Then find correlated possible max. current ratings in table below: 1) use only indicated outputs Diagnostics Indication Out A, B, C, D Out B, C' Out CI) Fault is present Error with the input circuitry (open line, short circuit, deviation) Up to max. 77 °F (25 °C) ambient temp Use max. 4x 5 A or 2x 7 A or 1x 8 A DC 30 V resistive Up to max. 100 °F (38 °C) ambient temp Use max. 4x 3 A or 2x 4 A or 1x 5 A DC 30 V resistive Up to max, 120 °F (49 °C) ambient temp Use max. 4x 2 A or 2x 2.5 A or 1 x 3 A DC 30 V resistive or DC 30 V inductive (PF 0.35 / UR max. 7.1 ms) 1) use only indicated outputs Diagnostics Indication Actions Normal, no fault is present In -/Output module is fully functional none Fault is present Error with the input circuitry (open line, short circuit, deviation) Checking the input circuitry (parameter setting, resistors, short-circuit, open line) Invalid parameter settings Check the parameter setting Supply error - Check detector line voltage - Replace device Software error (Watchdog error) Replace device Storage error Replace device Communication error between device and control panel Remedy cause Note: Any general message can be displayed together with another status. Configuring the outputs For configuring the outputs, proceed as follows: a. Determine in which position the contact is active. The contact can be active when it is: - Closed (normally open, NO) - Open (normally closed, NC) b. After activating the contact remains: — Permanently active — Active only for a certain period of time. How long the contact remains active can be configured as well (pulse duration). This is only to be used in the application of: • Resetting the four wire device F5000 Reflective Beam Smoke Detector, P/N 500- 050261. The following settings are possible: 10s 15 s 20 s c. Determine the behavior of the output in case of error on the communication line (open line to the control panel, FDCI0422 power failure). The following configurations are possible for the behavior in case of a failure (default positions): — Output position remains the same as before the error — Output is activated — Output is deactivated Configuring the inputs For configuring the inputs, proceed as follows: a. Configure the inputs as 4 Class B or 2 Class A. b. Define the type of input (danger input or status input): - Status input: triggers status change - Danger input: triggers alarm c. Determine the type of monitoring and the monitoring resistors (refer to Figure 10): - Class A only open no EOL - Class B only open Rp 470 0 - Class B open and short Rs 100 0 and Rp 470 0 d. Define the input filter time. The following settings are possible: 0.25 s 0.5 s 1s IThe configuration of the input must correspond to the actual wiring. An EOL must be mounted to the input in case of this input is NOT used. 1 Follow the instructions in the corresponding panel manual for programming the FDCI0422 properly: P/N A6V10333724 and P/N A6V10336897. Cie.,,e.,o In, .,.M., inn L • The 2x Class A inputs are identified by the panel as Input 1 and Input 2. • Class A and Class B cannot be configured at the same time! 2x Class A or 4x Class BI END OF LINE RESISTORS (Rp, Rs) 470 02 ±1 % '/2 W 1000±1 %'/2W please order separately ORDER NO. S54322 -FA -A2 UL864 CLASS B STYLE B UL864 CLASS B STYLE C ONLY OPEN MONITORING OUT A-( OUT B-( OUT C-( OUT D-( i 60) 0 ®o L0 Out A A Out C C D D ®s In 1a In lb In 2a In 2b In 3a In 3b In 4a n 4b J DO NOT USE! }- LINE 1 )- LINE 2 Rp ®' CCD O OPEN AND SHORT MONITORING o OUT A-( OUT B-( OUT C-( OUT D-( rciN °®I 0 0 0 0 Out A +1b +1 b -6 -6 -5 5 In la In 1b Out In 2a In 2b In 3a D In 3b D In 4a n 4b rol ®l©lr, ®(IDo _}- DO NOT USE! ° }LINE 1 J)_LINE2 ®J ®o . Rs RP o OI ®a Q,®D° ed I®d ED � E ED CID ___.1 .�CECI O UL864 CLASS A STYLE D ONLY OPEN MONITORING OUT A-{ OUT B-( ®, °® °® o® a® OUT C-( ti® OUT D-( a® a® raj 01 101 iCr 0 00 0 Out A A 8 +1b i I +lb -6 -5 In la In 1 b Out In 2a C In 2b C In 3a b In 3b D In 4a i In 4b 10' 10 10 Q r®� of®a OI ®a 01 ®a 0' ®a 0' ®0 0' ®d 41®e DO NOT USE! }- LINE 1 }-LINE 2 O CCD Figure 10 FDCI0422 input wiring Class A and Class B (for details of Line 1 and 2 wiring see Figure 8, for details of the input wiring see Figure 11.) 7 C i........._ 1...1....1... �.... tna or Line rl:esistor vviring uverview CLASS B STYLE C, OPEN AND SHORT WIRING SUPERVISION IN1 -4 EARTH GND SHIELDED WIRE MAX: 200 FT 18-14 AWG OPEN AND SHORT SUPERVISION OPEN f--- 00 `I SWITCH 0 1 �0 TB -EOL 0 0 0 0 10011 470 O CLASS B STYLE B, OPEN WIRING SUPERVISION IN1 -4 EARTH GND ,, --r SHIELDED WIRE MAX: 200 FT 18-14 AWG OPEN SUPERVISION OPEN Mount EOL directly on the last SWITCH terminal 1 I--1 0 0 1 SWITCH®' 1 Ei470D 1 0 0 24- I tJ cD 0 SWITCH Q O 0 0 0 0 TB -EOL 0 O 0 O 2E3 O WI O 0 470 R or Mount EOL on the TB -EOL terminal CLASS A STYLE D, OPEN WIRING SUPERVISION EARTH GND a IN3/IN4 b _ J SHIELDED WIRE MAX: 200 FT 18 - 14 AWG OPEN SUPERVISION OPEN -r CAUTION: BE AWARE OF THE INPUT POLARITY IN CLASS A MODE I I 7 OPEN I ® CAUTION: FOR SYSTEM SUPERVISION — FOR TERMINALS IDENTIFIED WITH A ® DO NOT USE LOOPED WIRE TERMINALS. BREAK WIRE RUN TO PROVIDE SUPERVISION OF CONNECTIONS. O Use Siemens TB -EOL terminal P/N S54322 -F4 -A2 or equivalent. O Use only normally open dry contact SWITCHES for the inputs Figure 11 Wiring end of line and switch fi • Use a 4 or 2 pole UL recognized SWITCH. • Switch Terminal must be capable of two conductors at one terminal. • EOL Resistors wiring must be done according to UL 864, chapter 'EOL Devices'. • The EOL Resistors must be connected at the end of the input lines. • No addressable device or 2 -wire smoke detectors can be connected to the inputs. ACCESSORIES DEVICE ORDER NO. EOL resistor 100 S2 ±1% 1/2 W S54312 -F7 -A1 SIEMENS INDUSTRY, INC. 411/16 -inch adapter plate (optional) M-411000 RANDL INDUSTRIES, INC. 5 -inch Box (optional) T55017 RANDL INDUSTRIES, INC. 5 -inch Box (optional) T55018 RANDL INDUSTRIES, INC. 5 -inch Box (optional) T55019 RANDL INDUSTRIES, INC. TB -EOL terminal S54322 -F4 -A2 SIEMENS INDUSTRY, INC. Siemens Industry, Inc. Building Technologies Division 8, Femwood Road Florham Park, New Jersey 07932 www.siemens.com/buildingtechnologies CO Siemens Industry, Inc. 2011 Data and design subject to change without notice. Fire Alarm Control Parini Information Bosch m FPO 7024 Telephone Liru .N..' 2nH-575-7654 Monlaving Co, Sinai Fire 5,411±M.s. Tolephonn ;53.92ri-;PPO Snrvico Co: Smith Fire Svatema Teiephhne R'. 206.762-1450 Fire V1[ter hiker Irfartrtian Re`erence# Lu.ciirm OUedTo Niter# GRa.JINIDWiic4Fftt Fite ,4tarm Control Panel Information EST ® Quick Start Telephruus One a: p.FS intnannt MeoltoringCs-: Guardian snnrnry Telephone : r'.06r32a.29n1 Service Co.: Guardian Security, Telephone +F: 7116-fi2g-e545 First Alarm Control Pan& Information Silent Knight 5808 Tetephoae Line 7 Ac's intelinet Mandating Co.: Guardian Sewemr Talephone'tr; ?n6-979.2400 Semi,* Co: Goardtan 8acurT,v Telephone if: ,4(-622455 Fire) Alarm Control Panel tnfomlatzon Sdent. Knight 5128 Telephone Leta P ?n8.575.44; f fnnll6ting Cdr MuiNSN Aavnr Telco, hors f1111.473 1233 SerVICO Co,: td5untaln Atarrn Telephone R. BOn.l7,g•7233 Alarm Control Panel Information EST 1 No Information Telephone Line ir: AES inteftnei Monitoring Co.: Guardian Seventy Talephnne P: 706-17,3.2400 SMride C6,: Guardian Security Telephone A: nrj-Q2-5545 Parkway Super Center Fire Alarm Co trol Panel Intorrnation Silent Knight ® 6700 Telephone tine a: ¢rS Inraninas Monitoring Co.: Guardian 5e-cruhy Tolonho a e: 246072.24M1 Serr-re CO„ Guar5isn Security Tcdephme q: 7Gf.627-AS15 Fire Alarm Control Panel Information m Silent Knight 5207 Telephone Line ii: 206-575-A457 Montorir7 Co.: Safely Team Telephone o: 706.762.1450 Service Co t Safety Teem Telephone 0: 206-767-1450 Plans produced try_ ID Plans Corp 1r6J2014 (8134 657-2545 Plans carp. 4m 0 • 0 Parkway Super Center Riser Room Riser Room Riser Room L.. Elackflow Prevenier C°11tIDIF'arel Fire Sprinkler .,... Neese Fire 'Neter Meter with Number Verfical Fire Riser Riser Room MOM produced by: 10 Plans Corp iftv.2614 1613) 657-2545 Plans Corp. 0 21)1,1 0 Parkway Super Center miAnnunciator Panel : 1111 . • Fre Buzzer Fire Hydrant U - • ti. . l. te. Fire Department D ' Fire Bellle . - : Connection .ett ' Fire Inspector'S Test f Fire Light Fiche Control Valve Hydrant Contro4 Post Inditor Valve Wall Mount Post Indicator wi Flow Control Valve Watt Shutoff Fire Hydrant Plans produced by: ID Plans Corp U&/2O4 (813) 657-2545 Plans Corp. 0 20 Id 17_7 7---fir-,7"r- - 1-7-7) J CI Without Corrmmel it 0 As Note° in Ret.7i Per he Attact •,;,r These plans have Prevention Burea, standards. Act. omissions w ,1:• standards nn adequacy 0. '•` Additions, welt : - this date UZu resubmittai i P• Ct. r 4 4.'Z )I V c• ., �.r ter. drawings aftzr r' I rerlike e 3• i upprovai Final acceptance _ - - 'ieio Lest ano inspection r. The Tukwila Fire Prevent,vii Bureau. TUK "'IILA FIRE DEPARTMENT ;ivr17, c alt 206-575-4407 and give this Fire Permit No. - d exact address for shut - ,own or rt store ion opprovd, It /kh� ero4zo, S f ►+ci-cjlo>7-e r,4c,?s rCw►c 04 I/ )1, r 4'st e -ons at evi ce s -6 doe +v 41%-e h�n� Si(1S. 9i neA Chsoe- all FA 7owc%. S"PP)1tS gov‘t E.AcP Oti otal c44.01 Gi✓tn,l4 wj�►.rwt`�' hwIdle (14 iv nw". > ► oke 14. q cc. q.11 FA co' 1 ev„,p -i- 4 e.yob ctre ,S o f s4,rerci 40 L. poi- c�. 4 c6dk v+e,,,4- w ek, S ti kfi u.4.4( 1 dkevrtv‘ kd..064 Po— (0).1,1 jiyi,A.c NOTICE A completed, signed, Tukwila Fire Department Pre-test Certificate must he ()resented to tape Insr,ectr. ' prior to commcncem€. -it' n,= .'\cc-= Mance Testing of any Fire A:arm anci u ec o'i Failure ; ;:est will result in a Re -inspection Fee and termination of the testing • = - -A tr•I N N N _F = 0 0 m 0 0 0 0 0 0 m 0 a) E 0 0 0 E 0 0 0 0 0 0 c T M 0_ al o CO 00 oC° CO CD rn 0 / o 0_E GENERAL NOTES 1. SURVEY PROVIDED BY KPFF. ELEVATIONS ARE BASED ON NAVD 1988 VERTICAL DATUM. REFERENCED NGS BENCHMARK "N 254 RESET 2 1974". 2. SOME SITE DEMOLITION AND UTILITY RELOCATION HAS BEEN PERFORMED. SURVEY MAY NOT BE COMPLETE OR ACCURATE. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL BRING ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. 3. ALL CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO THESE PLANS, THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS AND THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF THE 2005 WASHINTON STATE PLUMBING SPECIALTY CODE AND REQUIREMENTS OF THE CITY OF TUKWILA. 4. THE COMPLETED INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND CITY OF TUKWILA STANDARDS, ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS. ALL PERMITS, LICENSES AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED BY THE GOVERNING AUTHORITIES FOR THE EXECUTION AND COMPLETION OF WORK SHALL BE SECURED BY THE CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION. 5. EXCAVATORS MUST NOTIFY ALL PERTINENT COMPANIES OR AGENCIES WITH UNDERGROUND UTILITIES IN THE PROJECT AREA AT LEAST 48 BUSINESS -DAY HOURS, BUT NOT MORE THAN 10 BUSINESS DAYS PRIOR TO COMMENCING AN EXCAVATION, SO UTILITIES MAY BE ACCURATELY LOCATED. 6. THE LOCATION OF EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES SHOWN ON THE PLANS ARE FOR INFORMATION ONLY AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED TO BE COMPLETE OR ACCURATE. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ELEVATIONS, PIPE SIZE, AND MATERIAL TYPES OF ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES PRIOR TO COMMENCING WITH CONSTRUCTION AND SHALL BRING ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ATTENTION OF KPFF CONSULTING ENGINEERS, 72 HOURS PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION TO PREVENT GRADE AND ALIGNMENT CONFLICTS. 7. THE ENGINEER OR OWNER IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAFETY OF THE CONTRACTOR OR HIS CREW. ALL O.S.H.A. REGULATIONS SHALL BE STRICTLY ADHERED TO IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. 8. TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT EROSION CONTROL MEASURES SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADHERE TO CITY OF TUKWILA AND WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY FOR MINIMUM EROSION CONTROL MEASURES. THE ESC FACILITIES SHOWN IN THESE PLANS ARE THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ANTICIPATED SITE CONDITIONS. DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, ESC FACILITIES SHALL BE UPGRADED AS NEEDED FOR UNEXPECTED STORM EVENTS AND TO ENSURE THAT SEDIMENT AND SEDIMENT LADEN WATER DO NOT LEAVE THE SITE. 9. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING ALL ROADWAYS, KEEPING THEM CLEAN AND FREE OF CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND DEBRIS, AND PROVIDING DUST CONTROL AS REQUIRED. 10. TRAFFIC CONTROL SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL_ PROVIDE A TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN TO CITY OF TUKWILA FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL -PRIOR TO COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION. 11. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN ALL UTILITIES TO EXISTING BUILDING AT ALL TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION. 12. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING AND SCHEDULING ALL WORK WITH THE OWNER. 13. NOTIFY CITY INSPECTOR GREG VILLANUEVA (206-433-0179) 24 HOURS BEFORE STARTING WORK; ALSO, A PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING WITH THE OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND THE CITY REPRESENTATIVE IS REQUIRED. EROSION CONTROL 1. APPROVAL OF THIS EROSION, SEDIMENT AND POLLUTION CONTROL PLAN (ESPCP) DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN APPROVAL OF PERMANENT ROAD OR DRAINAGE DESIGN (E.G., SIZE AND LOCATION OF ROADS, PIPES, RESTRICTORS, CHANNELS, RETENTION FACILITIES, UTILITIES, ETC.) 2. THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THIS ESPCP AND THE CONSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE, REPLACEMENT, AND UPGRADING OF THESE ESPCP FACILITIES IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE APPLICANT/CONTRACTOR UNTIL ALL CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETED AND APPROVED AND VEGETATION/LANDSCAPING IS ESTABLISHED. 3. THE ESPCP FACILITIES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN MUST BE CONSTRUCTED IN SUCH MANNER AS TO INSURE THAT SEDIMENT AND SEDIMENT LADEN WATER DO NOT ENTER THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM, ROADWAYS, OR VIOLATE APPLICABLE WATER STANDARDS. 4. THE ESPCP FACILITIES SHOWN ON THIS PLAN ARE THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR ANTICIPATED SITE CONDITION. DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, THESE ESPCP FACILITIES SHALL BE UPGRADED AS NEEDED FOR UNEXPECTED STORM EVENTS AND TO INSURE THAT SEDIMENT AND SEDIMENT -LADEN WATER DO NOT LEAVE THE SITE. 5. THE ESPCP FACILITIES SHALL BE INSPECTED DAILY BY THE CONTRACTOR AND MAINTAINED AS NECESSARY TO INSURE THEIR CONTINUED FUNCTIONING. 6. THE ESPCP FACILITIES ON INACTIVE SITES SHALL BE INSPECTED AND MAINTAINED A MINIMUM OF ONCE A MONTH OR WITHIN 24 HOURS FOLLOWING A STORM EVENT. 7. ALL INLETS AND AREA DRAINS SHALL BE PROTECTED WITH SEDIMENT PROTECTION. SOME EXISTING DRAINS MAY NOT BE SHOWN IN THE SURVEY. ANY DRAINS NOT INDICATED IN THIS PLAN OR THE SURVEY BUT LOCATED IN THE FIELD SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SEDIMENT PROTECTION. CONSTRUCTION NOTES DEMOLITION 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DEMOLITION AND DISPOSAL OF EXISTING A.C., CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND OTHER SITE ELEMENTS WITHIN THE SITE AREA IDENTIFIED IN THE PLANS. 2. EXCEPT FOR MATERIALS INDICATED TO BE STOCKPILED OR TO REMAIN ON OWNER'S PROPERTY, CLEARED MATERIALS SHALL BECOME CONTRACTOR'S PROPERTY, REMOVED FROM THE SITE, AND DISPOSED OF PROPERLY. 3. ITEMS INDICATED TO BE SALVAGED SHALL BE CAREFULLY REMOVED AND DELIVERED STORED AT THE PROJECT SITE AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER. 4. ALL LANDSCAPING, PAVEMENT, CURBS AND SIDEWALKS, BEYOND THE IDENTIFIED SITE AREA, DAMAGED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPLACED TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION OR BETTER. 5. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS SHOWN FOR DEMOLITION SHALL BE REMOVED TO THE NEAREST EXISTING CONSTRUCTION JOINT. 6. SAWCUT STRAIGHT MATCHLINES TO CREATE A BUTT JOINT BETWEEN THE EXISTING AND NEW PAVEMENT. EARTHWORK 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL PREVENT SEDIMENTS AND SEDIMENT LADEN WATER FROM ENTERING THE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM. 8. TRENCH BEDDING AND BACKFILL SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE PIPE BEDDING AND BACKFILL DETAIL, THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS. FLOODING OR JETTING THE BACKFILLED TRENCHES WITH WATER WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. UTILITIES - GENERAL 9. ADJUST ALL INCIDENTAL STRUCTURES, MANHOLES, VALVE BOXES, CATCH BASINS, FRAMES AND COVERS, ETC. TO FINISHED GRADE. 10. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST ALL EXISTING AND/OR NEW FLEXIBLE UTILITIES (WATER, GAS, TV, TELEPHONE, ELEC., ETC.) TO CLEAR ANY EXISTING OR NEW GRAVITY DRAIN UTILITIES (STORM DRAIN, SANITARY SEWER, ETC.) IF CONFLICT OCCURS. 11. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH PRIVATE UTILITY COMPANIES FOR THE RELOCATION, AS REQUIRED, OF GAS, ELECTRICAL, POWER AND TELEPHONE SERVICE. 12. BEFORE BACKFILLING ANY SUBGRADE UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS CONTRACTOR SHALL SURVEY AND RECORD MEASUREMENTS OF EXACT LOCATION AND DEPTH AND SUBMIT TO ENGINEER AND OWNER. 13. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING UTILITIES SHALL CONFORM WITH THE STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS OF WASHINGTON CHAPTER APWA, SECTION 208, "WORK ON EXISTING SEWERS AND STRUCTURES," AND THE CITY OF TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS STANDARDS. WATER 14. ALL WATER AND FIRE PROTECTION PIPE SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 36 -INCH COVER TO THE FINISH GRADE. 15. ALL WATER AND FIRE PRESSURE FITTINGS SHALL BE PROPERLY RESTRAINED WITH THRUST BLOCKS PER DETAIL. 16. ALL WATER LINES SHALL BE THOROUGLY FLUSHED, CHLORINATED AND TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE WASHINTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND AWWA C651 THROUGH C654, AND THE CITY OF TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS STANDARDS. SEPARATION STATEMENT ALL WATER MAIN CROSSINGS SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT WASHINTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH. WATER MAINS SHALL CROSS OVER SANITARY SEWERS WITH A 18" MINIMUM CLEARANCE BETWEEN OUTSIDE DIAMETERS OF PIPE WITH ALL PIPE JOINTS EQUIDISTANT FROM CROSSING. HORIZONTAL SEPARATION BETWEEN WATER MAINS AND SANITARY SEWERS IN PARALLEL INSTALLATION SHALL BE 10'. MAINTAIN 12" MINIMUM VERTICAL DISTANCE FOR ALL OTHER UTILITY CROSSINGS AND 12" HORIZONTAL PARALLEL DISTANCE. IN CASES WHERE IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO MAINTAIN THE MINIMUM 10' HORIZONTAL SEPERATION, THE WATER MAIN SHALL BE LAID ON A SEPARATE SHELF IN THE TRENCH 18" ABOVE THE SEWER. MATERIAL NOTES GENERAL 1. MATERIALS SHALL BE NEW. THE USE OF MANUFACTURER'S NAMES, MODELS, AND NUMBERS IS INTENDED TO ESTABLISH STYLE, QUALITY, APPEARANCE, AND USEFULNESS. PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS WILL REQUIRE WRITTEN APPROVAL FROM OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. WATER 2. PRIVATE WATER MAINS 4 -INCH DIAMETER AND LARGER SHALL BE DUCTILE IRON PIPE OR PVC PIPE CONFORMING TO THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS; AS INDICATED IN THE PLANS. 3. PRIVATE WATER LINES 3 -INCH DIAMETER AND SMALLER SHALL BE TYPE K COPPER TUBING OR SCHEDULE 40 PVC CONFORMING TO THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS; AS INDICATED IN THE PLANS. PAVING 4. CONCRETE FOR CURBS, SIDEWALK AND DRIVEWAYS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF 3,300 PSI AT 28 DAYS. ABBREVIATIONS AC BLDG. BS BW CB ASPHALTIC CONCRETE BUILDING BOTTOM OF STAIR BOTTOM OF WALL CATCH BASIN CL CENTER LINE COTG CLEANOUT TO GRADE CONC CONCRETE CONST. CONSTRUCTION D/W DRIVEWAY E EASTING ELEC. ELECTRICAL EP EX. FDC FG FH GB G GV IE LLF LP LS LT MH N NCR EDGE OF PAVEMENT EXISTING FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION FINISHED GRADE FIRE HYDRANT GRADE BREAK GAS LINE GAS VALVE INVERT ELEVATION LINEAL FEET LENGTH LIGHT POLE LANDSCAPING LEFT MANHOLE NORTHING NORTH CURB RAMP PC PCR PIV POC PP PT PVC PVM'T R RT ROW S SHT. SPECS STD S/W TC TP TS TW WCR WV POINT OF CURVATURE POINT OF CURB RETURN POST INDICATOR VALVE POINT ON CURVE POWER POLE POINT OF TANGENCY POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PAVEMENT RADIUS RIGHT RIGHT OF WAY SLOPE SHEET SPECIFICATIONS STANDARD SIDEWALK TOP OF CURB TOP OF PAVEMENT TOP OF STAIR TOP OF WALL WHEEL CHAIR RAMP WATER LINE WATER VALVE SHEET INDEX SHT NO. DESCRIPTION C1.0 C2.1 C3.1 COVER SHEET GRADING/UTILITY/EROSION CONTROL PLAN DETAILS C3.2 CITY OF TUKWILA STANDARD DETAILS PROJECT SITE VICINITY MAP MInkier Blvd - SCALE: NTS LEGEND PROPOSED 4 A X" FP • 4. RECORD DRAWFVG8 THESE RECORD DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN PREPARED BASED ON INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS. THE CONSULTANT HAS NOT VERIFIED THE ACCURACY AND/OR COMPLETENESS OF THIS INFORMATION AND SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ERRORS OR OMISSIONS THAT MAY RESULT OF ERRONEOUS INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS. DESCRIPTION PROPERTY LINE (t) OR RIGHT-OF-WAY (R.O.W.) CENTER LINE (.) CURB LINE FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION FIRE HYDRANT WATER GATE VALVE WATER METER WATER MANHOLE WATER VAULT PIV THRUST BLOCK SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE STORM DRAIN MANHOLE CATCH BASIN GAS METER GAS VALVE TELEPHONE MANHOLE TELEPHONE PEDESTAL SIGN STREET LIGHT LUMINAR JUNCTION BOX LANDSCAPE TREE FENCE ASPHALT PAVING LANDSCAPING WATER LINE FIRE LINE STORM LINE GAS LINE PHONE LINE POWER CONCRETE CONVEYANCE SWALE LANDSCAPE ASPHALT PAVEMENT OVERLAY DRAINAGE FLOW ARROW EXISTING AFDC 13( ow OW ❑W Os OD ❑G OT ❑T 0 ❑ LT X10" >E X X Fi A/C L/S x" w x" w X" SD GAS PHONE UG POWER REVISION DATE DESCRIPTION BY JOB No. 308157 DESIGNED BY: JL DRAWN BY: _ EE CHECKED BY: PD PARKWAY SUPERCENTER COVER SHEET SCALE: AS SHOWN DATE: 03-17-2009 Consulting Engineers Zane SW a- 2 &W& x50274 4681 CR 9akl SIXY 227-3251 cnr F Isml z»-a� GnwoEopensaEwnd hwrelimYaLong Beed"L sMgekrs Now wkP.s.s..ePhasn� AaMbid.SCLa. ,Swvsewb s., O.gneS.Fsreno.S....aT .Wak..osek SHEET. NO. C1.0 304086-01 DRAWING SET 0C 0 W N U m 1- 0, N U 0 0 J Cn 0 a3 0 S_ E 0 0 a) c- n •� 0 m 0 cL al in (.d- 0 o c0 - 0 V) 0)/ o(30 0 00o N 0 o- ar OS Os PI G imam mows suarra-10.1.10—limsarm—as PROP. CONN. TO MAIN G PROTECT EX.: CURB RE—STRIPE PARKING I:. LOT STALLS TO MATCH EX.(TYP.) COLD MILL 2" EX. AC FOR AREAS TO RECIEVE OVERLAY EXISTING RED ROBIN FF ELEV=25.92 CONC CURB/GUTTER KEY NOTES OTECT EX. OSSWALK SITE PLAN SCALE: 1" = 10' 01 REMOVE EXISTING WATER VAULTS DOUBLE CHECK DETECTOR ASSEMBLY AND ASSOCIATED PIPING. 0 0 O REMOVE EX. FIRE HYDRANT. REMOVE SIDEWALK AND STEPS. REMOVE CURB. REMOVE FDC. REMOVE 8" FIRE LINE. 0 O 10 PROTECT EX. GAS LINE. PROTECT EX. 3" WATER LINE. PROVIDE FITTINGS AS NECESSARY TO CONNECT TO EX. WATER LINE. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. PROPOSED 6" CURB. SEE DETAIL 1/C3.1. CURB ENDING. SEE DETAIL 2/C3.1. 12 PROP. 10" DDCV IN VAULT WITH H-20 RATED DOUBLE HATCH LID (2'X4). SLOPE SURFACE GRADES AWAY FROM LID. VAULT SHALL HAVE SUMP WITH SUMP PUMP TO DISCHARGE THROUGH FACE OF NEARBY CURB. SEE DETAIL, C3.2. CURB NOTCH. SEE DETAIL 3/03.1. PROTECT EX. CATCH BASIN PER DETAIL 8/C3.1 AND ADJUST TO GRADE AS NECESSARY. 15 SAWCUT AND REMOVE ASPHALT. CURVE DATA CURVE RADIUS LENGTH DELTA CHORD 3 29.00' 34.35' 67'51'34" 32.37' © 10.00' 15.46' 88'34'03" 13.96' 0 5.00' 8.07' 92'29'01" 7.22' 16 PROP. CONC. S/W, SLOPE AWAY FROM RED ROBIN AS SHOWN. SEE DETAIL 7/C3.1 m m m PROPOSED IRRIGATION SYSTEM PROTECT EX. RETAINING WALL. RESURFACE AC PAVEMENT PER DETAIL 5/C3.1 20 FIELD VERIFY LOCATION OF EX. UTILITY PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION AND PROTECT AS NECESSARY. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SAWCUT AC 2' TYP. FROM FACE OF PROP. CURB LT ❑W 03 10" DOUBLE DETECTOR CHECK VAULT BEGIN CURB DEMOLITION (` /1 C` 1 /4" W _ I EXISTING CONDITIONS/DEMOLITION PLAN SCALE: 1" = 5' 1 1 1 1 1 E 1 1 1 118111111111116 4» 4!k EX. CB RIM=23.41 IMMO 0 REMOVE EX. DRAIN AND PLUG PIPE IMMO 1111111111111 1111111161i1 ...� .�.11016111111i11084101 1111115401 ISSaismi REPAIR AND REPLACE CURB AND SIDEWALK AS DIRECTED BY CITY 1 OF TUKWILLA ENGINEER 1 RIM=23.80 1 24.5± (MATCH EX.) LT 1 24.6± (MATCH EX.) 1 1 1 1 1 1 PRV NEW DOUBLE CHECK AND PRESSURE REDUCER VALVE IN HOT BOX 10" TEE W/ THRUST BLOCK PROTECT CO EX. CURB 21 TYP. CONVEYANCE SWALE. SEE DETAIL 6/C3.1. 22 PROVIDE TEMPOARAY CAP AS DIRECTED PER CITY ENGINEER 23 CONSTRUCTION GRID LINE. PROJECTION OFF EXISTING BUILDING OR CURB LINE 0 24 INSTALL FIRE HYDRANT AND GUARD POSTS PER CITY OF TUKWILA STANDARD DETAIL WS -13 & WS -14. SEE SHEET C3.2. GAS II• 90' BEND W/ MJ 0 6LF-6"FP 4" W 24.8± (MATCH) 10"X10"X6" BLOCK WET TAP W/ THRUST SCALE 10 0 5 10 (2 PROPOSED C SCALE: 1" = 5' 20 1 INCH = 10 FEET NDITIONSi RECORD DRAWINGS THESE RECORD DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN PREPARED BASED ON INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS. THE CONSULTANT HAS NOT VERIFIED THE ACCURACY AND/OR COMPLETENESS OF THIS INFORMATION AND SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ERRORS OR OMISSIONS THAT MAY RESULT OF ERRONEOUS INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS. REVISION DATE DESCRIPTION BY JOB No. 308157 DESIGNED BY: JL DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: EE PD PARKWAY SUPERCENTER GRADING/UTILITY/ EROSION CONTROL PLAN SCALE: AS SHOWN DATE: 03-17-2009 Consulting Engineers DI SW. Fid A 4 F 2494 AGP 91204 (50 325151 N 227-P.1.1b GFax (503) 274-4681 Dam raEaanaoE.vaC:,rvvieolaceyoLag BeachoLn Angeles New Lp4 Pdsadmb ePhoank a PoindoSt Lws+Savairrb San Otago a San Fuvwm*Sans Ta Walnut Crank SHEET. NO. C2.1 308046 — 02 W 0 z cc 0 ce 0 W COL Center Improvemer is\CAD\PLOT\as—builts\C3.1.dwg TAB: C3.1 MAY BE USED SHORT TERM W/ UTILITY WORK AND W/ PHASING OF DEVELOPMENT A SECTION A—A PLAN FLOW DITCH BOTTOM �� BIO—FILTER BAGS (TYP.) FLOW CV 44 4 4 41e 4 4 4 CONCRETE 44 44 4 4 4 d 4 a d4 a 44 a D = DEPTH OF CONCRETE 4 e 4 4 1/4" 7- Y(TY" P 4 R. .) A 4 CONCRETE' g4 4 4 4 a 4 SCORE JOINT CONTRACTION JOINT WIDTH PER PLAN 2% MAX. CONCRETE SIDEWALK THICKNESS VARY 4 4 4 4 4 a4 4 4 4 4 4 4. 4 4 4 4 4 4 Q d 44 4 4 4 4" OF BASE COURSE (MIN.) NOTES: 1. INSTALL JOINTS AT LOCATIONS INDICATED ON PLANS AND AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS: — SCORE JOINTS: EVERY 4' MAX. — EXPANSION JOINT ® ENDS OF SIDEWALK. — CONTRACTION JOINT AT 12' MAX. 2. NO SHINERS ON TOOLED JOINTS. CONCRETE SIDEWALK 7 / SCALE: NTS CATCH BASIN GRATE CATCH BASIN INSERT SACK FRONT VIEW INSERT SACK SIDE VIEW SUSPENSION CORDS/RODS OVERFLOW FILTER SACK CATCH BASIN 1" REBAR FOR BAG REMOVAL 2" x2"x3/4" RUBBER BLOCKS EXPANSION RESTRAINT FILTER SACK NOTE: RECESSED CURB INLET MUST BE BLOCKED WHEN USING FIILTER FABRIC INLET SACKS. SIZE OF FILTER FABRIC INLET SACK TO BE DETERMINED BY MANUFSURER Ii NOT TO SCALE TECHNICAL GUIDANCE HANDBOOK FILTER FABRIC INLET PROTECTION Detail Drawing 4.2H FILE DRAFT: INSPECTORS GRAPHICS DRAWING PLOT 1:1 INLET PROTECTION SCALE: NTS C4NOT USED SCALE: NTS COLD MILLED AREA NEW AC AREA EX. AC AREA COLD MILL TOP 2" EX. AC SECTION 5 AC SURFACE COURSE: 2" OF Y2" DENSE GRA LEVEL 2 HMAC 8" OF BASE COURSE (MIN.) Of JED, EX. AC PAVEMENT EX. SUBGRADE COMPACTED SUBGRADE ASPHALT PAVEMENT SECTION EX. SUBGRADE SCALE: NTS NOTE: 1. SLOPE CONVEYANCE SWALE 1% MIN. 2. ROUND RIVER ROCKS (3" AVERAGE SIZE), 6" DEPTH. 3. DRAINAGE FABRIC UNDER ROCK. TYP. CONVEYANCE SWALE N.T.S. 9„ BACKFILL TO TOP OF CURB NOTES: 1. CURB EXPOSURE 'E' = 6". VARY AS SHOWN ON PLANS OR AS DIRECTED. 2. CONSTRUCT CONTRACTION JOINT SPACING AT 15', AND AT ENDS OF EACH INLET AND RAMP. CONSTRUCT EXPANSION JOINT AT 200' MAX SPACING, AT POINTS OF TANGENCY AND AT ENDS OF EACH DRIVEWAY. 3. TOPS OF ALL CURBS SHALL SLOPE TOWARD THE ROADWAY AT 2% UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR AS DIRECTED. 4. DIMENSIONS ARE NOMINAL AND MAY VARY TO CONFORM WITH CURB MACHINE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER. El) STANDARD CONCRETE CURB SCALE: NTS Y2" EXPANSION JOINT FILLER TOP OF CURB 12" TOP OF PAVEMENT BOTTOM OF CURB CONCRETE CURB ENDING 2 SCALE: NTS TOP OF CURB NOTCH FLUSH WITH AC Y2" EXPANSION JOINT FILLER TOP OF PAVEMENT 4, c3 NOTE: 1. TOP OF CURB CUT AREA TO BE FLUSHED WITH TOP OF PAVEMENT. CURB NOTCH SCALE: NTS STD. CURB RECORD DRAWINGS THESE RECORD DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN PREPARED BASED ON INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS. THE CONSULTANT HAS NOT VERIFIED THE ACCURACY AND/OR COMPLETENESS OF THIS INFORMATION AND SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ERRORS OR OMISSIONS THAT MAY RESULT OF ERRONEOUS INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS. REVISION DATE DESCRIPTION BY JOB No. _ 308157 DESIGNED BY: __ JL DRAWN BY: EE CHECKED BY: PD PARKWAY SUPERCENTER CIVIL DETAILS SCALE: AS SHOWN DATE: 03-17-2009 CW Rh A.e, Engineers • .SIC 7—A..se4 Fa 42744agan ! (�?27-3251 liNF (503) 274-4667 Dawn. Eugene. Everett hsa.erlaoer: long bean.LosAngees Nen 1W - PasaCena P'raer+w. Portland - St. l we, .Sacanereo San Diego : San F.a risco: Seattle. t Walnut Creek SHEET. NO. C3.1 1— W H 0 Z ce 0 ce 0 308046 — 03 Center Improvements \CAD\PLOT\as—builts\C3.1.dwg TAB: C3.2 4 • MATERIAL LISTING: 1. 3/4" SHACKLE RODS WITH STAR BOLTS AND ASPHALT EMULSION COATING. 2. 4' MIN, D.I. CLASS 52 PIPE. 3. PRECAST CONCRETE VAULT WITH HINGED STEEL PLATE COVER, DIMENSION TO VARY WITH SIZE OF ASSEMBLY. 4. O,S.H.A. APPROVED LADDER IF OVER 30' DEEP. 5. PIPE SUPPORT STAND UNDER EACH CHECK VALVE. 8. COPPER OR BRONZE BYPASS WITH AN APPROVED DCVA AND 3/4" WATER METER. 7. APPROVED DCVA IN MAIN LINE WITH TWO RESILIENT SEATED SHUTOFF VALVES AND TEST COCKS, 8. 10', 8", 6" OR 4' COUPLING ADAPTER, FL. 9, 10". 8', 6' OR 4" FL"PE D,I, CLASS 52 PIPE LENGTH TO FIT. 10. GROUT INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR ALL AROUND PIPE USING NON -SHRINK GROUT. 11, 10", 8", 6" OR 4" GATE VALVE FL`MJ WITH POST INDICATOR VALVE. 12. FLANGE TEE ASSEMBLY SIZED ACCORDINGLY. 13. FLANGED 90° BEND, 14. 4" OR 6" D.I. CLASS 52 PIPE FL'FL. 15, 4" OR 6" 90° BEND FL. 16. 4" OR 6' D.I. CLASS 52 PIPE, FL'FL. 17, 6" 90' BEND, FL, 18. UL LISTED 5' STORTZ CONNECTION WITH 30° OR 45' ELBOW. 19. 6" D.I. CLASS 52 PIPE LENGTH AS REQUIRED FLANGE THREADED P,E. 20. 6" 90' BEND FL. 21, SWING TYPE GRAVITY OPERATED CHECK VALVE WITH BALL DRIP VALVE TO BE INSTALLED HORIZONTALLY. DETECTOR DOUBLE CHECK AND VAULT ASSEMBLY GENERAL NOTES: 1. BACKFLOW PREVENTORS SHALL BE APPROVED BY DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH. 2. SIZE VAULT BASED ON SiZE OF APPARATUS AND MEETING MINIMUM CLEARANCES. 3. A SEPARATE DETAIL PLAN FOR VAULT INSTALLATION AND SPRINKLER LINE MUST BE SUBMITTED AND APPROVED BY THE FIRE MARSHALL PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. 4. MINIMUM APPARATUS SIZE SHALL BE 4'. 5, VAULT SHALL BE SEALED TO PREVENT WATER LEAKAGE. 6. LADDERS SHALL BE REQUIRED WHEN DEPTH FROM TOP OF LID TO FLOOR OF VAULT EXCEEDS 30". INSTALLATION OF ALL LADDERS SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE TO O,S.H.A, 7. LOCATE VAULT IN PLANTING AREA AND NOT IN PAVING AREA, UNLESS APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER, 8. FITTINGS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 AND CEMENT LINED (SEE APWA & AWWA), 9. PIPE SHALL BE DUCTILE IRON MEETING ANSI A21.51, CL52 & CEMENT LINED, 10, TEMPORARY SUPPORT SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER VALVES AT THE TIME OF INSTALLATION. AFTER COMPLETE INSTALLATION INSTALL PERMANENT PIPE SUPPORT STAND. 11, PROVIDE BALL DRIP VALVES ON F.D.C. CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY OR AT BOTTOM OF F,D,C. RISER. 12, FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION TO BE PROVIDED WITH ONE (1) 5" STORTZ CONNECTIONS AND TWO 30' OR 45° ELBOWS. 13, ALL UNDERGROUND PIPING TO BE INSPECTED, FLUSHED, AND PRESSURE TESTED IN THE PRESENCE OF AN INSPECTOR PRIOR TO COVER AND CONNECTION TO THE OVERHEAD SYSTEM. 14, UPON INSTALLATION, BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLIES ARE TO BE TESTED BY A CERTIFIED TESTER AND ALL TEST -COCKS ARE TO BE PLUGGED AFTER THE TEST. THEREAFTER. ANNUAL TESTS SHALL BE PERFORMED AT OWNER'S EXPENSE, AND COPIES OF TEST RESULTS SHALL BE PROVIDED. 15. CONCRETE VAULT SHALL HAVE ONE 4' X 4' OR TWO 3' X 3' STEEL HINGED DOORS. 16. BACKFLOW PREVENTION VALVES AND POST OR WALL INDICATING VALVES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH UL CENTRAL STATION TAMPER SUPERVISION. NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL DETECTOR DOUBLE CHECK VALVE AND VAULT SHEET: WS -15 2 OF 2 REVISION W: 08.03 LAST REVISION: 08.04 APPROVAL: B. SHELTON • ROCr( WALL. PLANTINGS. OR OTHER SURFACE OBSTRUCTIONS PLAN 4' MIN. I MN AREA OF LEVELGROUND SURFACE GUARD POST ELEVATION NOTES: 1. GUARD POST SHALL BE EITHER CONCRETE FILLED STEEL PIPE (MIN. 4" DIA-) OR CONCRETE POST (MIN- 8" DIA-). 2. POSTS SHALL BE AT LEAST 3 FEET FROM THE CENTER OF THE HYDRANT AND SHALL NOT BE IN DIRECT LINE WITH ANY DISCHARGE PORTS. 3. POSTS SHALL BE 6 FEET LONG; 3-1'2 FEET SHALL BE BURIED 4 PAINTED FINISH SHALL BE FARWEST CASE YELLOW #3472. • NOT TO SCALE • City of Tukwila FIRE HYDRANT GUARD POST SHEET: WS -14 REVISION 01: 08.03 APPROVAL: B. SHELTON • i • W1TH.N 50' OF H'/DRANT ...7.c. SO` THREADED ELBOW DOWN ELBOW 30`-45` BEND COMPACTED FOUNDATION GRAVEL UNDER VAULT NOTES: SIDE VIEW 1 DESIGN FOR 4" THRU 10" DDCV NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL DETECTOR DOUBLE CHECK VALVE & VAULT SHEET: WS -15 1 OF 2 REVISION Y1: 08.03 APPROVAL B. SHELTON • VERTICAL BLOCKING FOR 11 1/4° - 22 1/2° - 30° BENDS PIPE SIZE V.B. CU. FT. A D L („,..Es) (DEGREES) (FEET) (I0 1€5) (FEET) 4 11 1;4 8 2.0 3;4 1.5 6" 22 112 11 2.2 1 2.0 18 30 17 2.6 10" 28 6 11 1/4 11 2.2 314 2.0 11 221;2 25 2.9 30 15 8 30 41 3.5 20 ID 8 11 114 16 2.5 314 2.0 111 22 112 47 3.6 22" 135 73 30 70 4.1 3:4 2.5 10-12 11 114 32 3.2 314 2.0 30 221.2 88 45 7:8 3.0 36" 30 132 5.1 50 42" 16 11 114 70 4-1 7/8 3 0 347 221:2 184 5.7 11/8 4.0 30 275 6.5 11/4 18-20 11 1/4 91 4.5 718 3.0 22 112 225 61 1 114 4-0 30 330 6.9 13/8 4.5 24 11 114 128 5 0 1 3-5 22 1/2 320 6 8 1 3/8 4-5 30 480 7.9 15/8 5.5 VERTICAL BLOCKING FOR 45° BENDS 4 45 30 3.1 3/4 2.0 6 68 4.1 8 123 5-0 12 232 6 1 14 2 5 16 478 7.8 11/8 4.0 20 560 82 11.4 24 820 9.4 13/8 4.5 ALVA". ZED OR 4 S F ALT COATED STEEL THREACEC RODS A No P,PE CLAMPS A VERTICAL BLOCKING FOR 11 1;4", 22 1/20, 300, 45', AND 90' BENDS NOT TO SCALE • City of Tukwila BLOCKING (VERTICAL) CONCRETE SHEET: WS -12B REVISION 01: 08.03 APPROVAL: B. SHELTON • SIDEWALK PROVIDE THRUST BLOCK \\ CURS AND GUI TER FINISHED PAVEMENT MATCH MAIN DEPTH MIN 3' AND MAX MECHANICAL JOINT MIN. 1 YARD DRAIN ROCK CONCRETE BLOCKING CIM. 1'X1 XT UNDIsruRaED 901_ NOTES: 1, REFER TO CHAPTER 7 OF THESE STANDARDS. 6` DIA. DUCTILE IRON PIPE 2. HYDRANTS EQUAL TO MUELLER 8A-423 OR CLOW MEDALLION NF -2545. M & H 929. 1-3'4" AS -HALT COATED STEEL SHACKLE RODS sEE VALVE BOX DETAIL (WS -0131 6` REST: WEDGE GA'E VALVE CAST IRON TEE !CEMENT LINE DI .MJ X VJ X FL FLANGE JOINT SEE .'/S -122A AND VS 713 UNDISTURBED SOIL J 3. HYDRANTS SHALL EE EQUIPPED WITH TWO 2-1ir N.S.T. HUSE PORTS AND ONE 5" 5 i1. -.RTZ PUMPER DISCHARGE PORT AND SHALL HAVE A 1-114' PENTAGON OPEN LIFT OPERATING NUT. HYDRANTS SHALL HAVE A 6" M.J. BOTTOM CONNECTION ANO 5-114` MAIN VALVE OPENING. AND SHALL HAVE 18' ABOVE GRADE LEVEL TO THE CENTER OF THE PUMPER DISCHARGE PORT. 4, HYDRANTS SH.A_ . CONFORM TO A,W,W,A, SPECIFICATIONS C 502161: SHALL 6E COMPRESSION TYPE AND SHALL HAVE A TWO PIECE BREAKING FLANGE WITH BREAKING THIMBLE AT THE GROUND LINE OR STEM: SHALL HAVE A SELF -OILING DRY BONNET WITH FACTORY FILLED RESERVOIR HOLDING APPROXIMATELY 8 OUNCES OF OIL, OIL RESERVOIR SHALL BE SO DESIGNED AS TO GIVE A COMPLETE LUBRICATION OF STEMS EACH TIME THE HYDRANT IS OPERATED. THE UPPER STEM SHALL HAVE A BRASS SLEEVE. 5. SHACKLE RODS SHALL BE ASPHALT -COATED STEEL OR CORTEN STEEL. 6. GREEN BONNETS SHALL 8E FARWEST FOREST GREEN 1#3523). 7. PRIVATE HYDRANTS SHALL BE PAINTED WITH TWO COATS OF RUSTOLEUM #659 YELLOWGLOSS OR FARWEST CASE YE.IUW tM X-3472), B. WHERE NO CURB AND GUTTER 15 INSTALLED- FIRE HYDRANT SHALL BE LOCATED CLOSE TO THE PROPERTY LINE AND INSIDE THE RIGHT OF WAY OR EASEMENT. INSTALL BOLLARD GUARD POST PER WS -14. 9, HYDRANTS INSTALLED, RELOCATED OR 01HEHWISE WORKED UPON A5 A RESULT OF A PROJECT SHALL BE FRESHLY PAINTED, 10. HYDRANT SHALL NOT BE CLOSER THAN 4' TO ANY FIXED OBJECT WITH THE EXCEPTION OF HYDRANT GUARD POSTS, PER TMC 14.24.03, NOT TO SCALE City of Tukwila FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY AND SETTING SHEET; WS -13 REVISION SI: 08.03 LAST REVISION; 08.04 APPROVAL: B. SHELTON • 3- MIN. OR 3 T MES DW. OF T -E TAP, WHICHE:ER IS GREATER 7 J 3 CONCRETE THRUST BLOCK PLAN VIEW CAST +ROI) TAP -0111C TEE SIZE ON SIZE TAP o� 0 O � O 0 O� ELEVATION VIEW NOTES: 1. USE FOR TAPS ON CEMENT LINED DUCTILE PIPE_ 2. PRE-TEST ASSEMBLY BEFORE DRILLING. 3 REFER TO CHAPTER 7 OF THESE STANDARDS 4. REFER TO WS -13 & WS -14. RESILIENT SEAT GATE VALVE NOT TO SCALE • • City of Tukwila WATER MAIN SHEET: TAPPING TEE WS -10 REVISION 01: 08.03 APPROVAL B. SHELTON i A CAPPED CROSS 90" BEND THRUST BLOCKING SIZE PIPE SIZE DIA A (ft 2) C (ft 2) D (ft ) E (ft ' 4" 4 2 1 1 6" 10 5 3 1 8" 18 10 5 2 10" 28 15 8 4 12" 40 22 11 6 14" 55 30 15 8 16" 71 39 20 ID 18" 90 49 25 13 20" 111 60 31 15 22" 135 73 37 19 24" '160 87 44 22 28" 218 118 60 30 30" 251 136 69 35 36" 361 195 100 50 42" 491 266 135 68 48" 641 347 177 89 TEE W/ PLUG PLUG TEE W/O PLUG a_•r.3 FLAN3E OR S.4A1ER .. 26 P PE C NOTES: 1 BEARING AREA. OF CONCRETE THRUST -BLOCK BASED ON 250 PSI PRESSURE AND SAFE SOIL BEARNG LOAD OF 1000 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT. 2 .ADJUST BEARING AREA FOR OTHER PIPE SIZES. PRESSURES. AND SOIL CONDITIONS 3 CONCRETE BLOCKING SHALL 6E CAST IN PLACE AND HAVE A MINIMUM AREA OF 114 SQUARE FOOT BEARING AGAINST THE F,TTING 4 CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL BLOCKING ADEQUATE TO WITHSTAND FULL TEST PRESSURE AS WELL AS TO CONT,NUOUSLY WITHSTAND OPERATION PRESSURE UNDER ALL CONDITIONS OF SERVICE. 5 HEIGHT OF THRUST BLOCK MUST BE EQUAL TO OR LESS THAN 1,2 THE DEPTH FROM THE GROUND SURFACE TO THE BLOCK'S BASE 6 USE GALVANIZED OR ASPHALT -COATED SHEEL. THREADED RODS AND PIPE CLAMPS 7. REFER TO CHAPTER 7 OF THESE STANDARDS. 45° BEND E 11-1/4° BEND D 22-112" BEND NOT TO SCALE • • • City of Tukwila BLOCKING (HORIZONTAL) CONCRETE SHEET: WS -12A 1 OF 2 REVISION 81: 08.03 APPROVAL: B. SHELTON I RECORD D DRAWING THESE RECORD DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN PREPARED BASED ON INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS. THE CONSULTANT HAS NOT VERIFIED THE ACCURACY AND/OR COMPLETENESS OF THIS INFORMATION AND SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY ERRORS OR OMISSIONS THAT MAY RESULT OF ERRONEOUS INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS. REVISION DATE DESCRIPTION BY JOB No, 308157 DESIGNED BY: _ JL DRAWN BY: _EE CHECKED BY: PD PARKWAY SUPERCENTER CITY OF TUKWILA STANDARD DETAILS SCALE: AS SHOWN DATE: 03-17-2009 ensuring Engineers mSWrsna,e,." .eaMgA.daOr9204 Eng 504703'51 QW Fe. (50 274-4581 Darva. Eugene. &WW 1 Imne r Lacey, Luny B acn. LosA Teles Newyat PasaCara .P4oce. Paellw0.Jf Lows Saoanordo San Dego San Fanusco seam. ran,na Walnut Gnat SHEET. NO. C3.2 308046 - 03 1 - LL Vf Z oc re 0 cc OtrJ�UG City r 1-Aoil Fecrc Ex 1ST £7/)1 (- (t.c=.+ier F -1 E?"sl 174 cry Ld k -‘ YIs� • EE i e Re: '-'.JEL G —72 xi/t-(4c° Pi=yr.3 4!r =1J Dlijiv[, Roc'\ (30 &AA,• c.2.0(Ni*c.! t '4 A4 o Att._ rl, T f ri S••'.� ^sc-..f • t IMII 11 III illulil III 1 wool II !ISI o 7411 Eye Rod Rangers • I••Ne• Respg!Aeaxs 13L Lira & FW A7p•e..d • Fr - Rods 1 F;Ate -e-s Co- ,Fra :FFA 13 ■ k t_h-g-t Trees_ Rte= onit • Fr:eves C !•� $d Z.w'� CQ-Mpane,13 CAt'Gi.a: e!Compea eats D._ 13! fz M Components 1 Ere Rod 2 Fa- Kas.er 3 Ince teed Ca; racy 4 A`T_s•»e fi-yr R. -.j E D osrc �. �c}or E He. Rte.!. La_ S_ --e.. 7 ECr./ 6 Loci K.s+x S Flea Ast C LA 13a tor Cwnwe r C s.. 134 :•..' k' PA 13 .. i ter_. -,.z .Sc,r. 4 = r b..-- . barn Vic.••ra t r PE ...no, s - r- t., ri+ (W •Le L- i 1. g. -I C••-••-• Errs a... .-.e k i. s. - rt.--.. eti ...- -.., r. 1.••• i,.. .. .t.: ACCEPTED KWITHOUT COMMENTS. ❑ AS NOTED IN RED ❑ PER THE ATTACHED LETTER The drawings affixed hereto have been reviewed and accepted by the City of Tukwila Fire Dept. Additions, deletions or revisions to these drawings after this date wilt void this a ceptan,a and will require a resubmittal of revise-] drawings. Final acceptance is sa;a jest to field - inspection by a re,aresentative of this deprtrr.ent :/BYDATE/ BY CITY OF T.JE. LLA 5-i5-440/ BILE TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Please call: 575-4407 and give this job No. 9/— i. 3 and exact address for shut- - down or restoration approval. 1 Az e et 61 kJ SO LIT 4 CE ►= rnrlfl` it i A 7 Ari;31 111 i -------------------- @-I42 Pc al tiy S TE r7LAN iJ 7 5 l kcu-A • Jam ...tic f • JOHN J_ ABEL FIRE PROTECTION 4932 PIONEER RD BOTHELL WA 98012 481-7669 RE !r'o Art AJ ' 7Z� hart h5 DATE: S4, -i DRAWN: tr SHEET j OF - K(AC)iley\) L't Steyr1 i •rt i E4 IL' 11 Q - 1/ � h ls 4`S Sct- f 1-0" SR EBE bo b°}{ Ai r( 4�eSK f V 4- 0 �t0AT t{ 1bU�r t" =f— ►3012 FtoT -finny K ( ; t -►L !U! 5ce,Le keisT 4r •1(--.- -2L.I:zt &lr t {oItL, (.yz yqz_ (o C ILOg Al rt- U eitI<. ,t4 Ey e Fod Hany&rc P -.-•-?c F i-.) f Ar.r' (31 t -t.' & Fh' Ap;.•c�.4 ■ Y.-fe Fc•c±, / F -Kis Gc. ;' ; . c. NITA. 13 a R•.c_,;-tT:rc.0 Sri Orirt a Fin.e.et- C Ar' Ce'.: -:.:c! Cu-.,,�-•c-tt Rc 13" ( 1<xd G-•: - -K n is 1. E)e FSC 2 F:r.Y.ii•er. 3 NcaF;u'De; S:'er. E D•op- Ir. A-c`o E Etta H1? L -t; S.-cw 7. E r; -.1 -12.'D - !C ;< -n o-ti C ILL 11. I. C Rc 1311.7.- • }[1..- • hrt41! wt. Lv ---' J L - r-., as.. r. Lc d -.- r 1.4rti ? rt 21.- 1(1 (, 5.--4 Vi. C - r t a-1+rl (WITHOUT COMMENTS. ❑ AS NOTED IN RED ❑ PER THE ATTAC•:ED LETTER The drawings affixed hereto have been reviewed and accep-::e = by the City of Tukwila Fire Do )t. A.h .:`ins, d-lL: s':ins orrevisI3n3 t3 ttai. date will requir=e a Final ars, 't.a-; :c , Si, IfSpec'-IT,I ajt d re,r -,i.aJr� _ DATE:7/4 Mrnrn) Dem Lo i ormia TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Please call: 575-4407 and ive this job No. and Lxact address for shut- down or restoration apdrova1. A.e i d C.C%Frt It #J'7- 5 JUL 1 S 1391 il!! -JOHN J. ABEL FIRE PROTECTION 4932 PIONEER RD BOTHELL WA 98012 481-7669 RIO i't) 1'%30Q Sou_e_ex(Par/1 (.41ftsrj DATE SGS 1 DRAM: J SHEET 1_ OF L 172276 HANGER LEGEND Lovs Pot 4th #1. - KWIK BOLT, ROD & RING #2. - BEAM CLAMP, ROD & RING #3. - HILTI STUD, ROD & RING #4. - SIDE BEAM BRACKET, ROD & RING #5. - TJI BRACKET, L -ROD & RING #6. - EYE ROD & RING #7. - COACH SCREW ROD & RING 48. - CEILING FLANGE, ROD & RING C,Rt,1-o PP lo QBE_V \t✓' STANDARD SYMBOLS iz,` .42` 1 - POST INDICATOR VALVE - KEY GATE VALVE Hee— FIRE HYDRANT -0 - WATERFLOW SWITCH -4- - 2 -WAY EARTHQUAKE BRACE - 4 -WAY EARTHQUAKE 3RACE zsca- NEW UNDERGROUND ____- EXISTING UNDERGROUND G;J —t TN 0 STANDARD SYMBOLS Dt✓v\o C=x�-5_ ��U L�N� Fob R -L DLT LET u..3+-ry l" C'L t`�cGATE �.�r+Z k? NE�sF-�Av� C Y t.1t.1EE1 kJ1\IN'_6RooAlc.C')•r3u-Pt-04, Ml1VE Pt PE OW 669,5 PJALX- Z1-0 -CD AC-t-OMODRSI; Nt;�►J 1.--0 CAT ton‘ PIPE, f €xrl"c\1au / \\2 1' Th ,O♦ z R. N w I 1\1A - All-iI(T. (N1_C 6PI ARE, cork U-2' s��.�$�iP��, LV.E =Cu Fia,r G.po� 1P4e-;toE CPt3(5-( (ALL �r,�P, u -Ps Ram w 1Lt,_(2,e-rAINIA ,EST 5AE - �i J"�aIIT 'CIkE /k{L6 I�� I1.t GIC,-v� 1►110 CA-►JDP`'(•,r.\ Oq-si I:TI()ENTS _51-k 5r✓ Eo IN\ P-Et_oc. 7101-4 -off_. SP iri Lea- - P,E,CQN►JECt WtSN 1=: GROb\IECS• a°"L'uaG - At ?\PE \xikAGc.AS _ V-0'` A i - -to r\E ocA-1 _ lJsrvltocA-' o tl of S �Xis�t►.jc' CAeyo'TO (2E rnovs✓D 1 L\kl PDt t1T P.A1a I -I,1 ExtSTtI&-- C;at�oc " 5 1 r - i C t -n- e- ,\si 7iPF, �>_ • --I Cc a ECT \41a14 EZ -5 PJAc - 2'-O" -Co ACC -0 tAbPA1r. NEW -L. AT\01,1 o F 0\17E-• t' b ; 'X\ST 1t's1G‘CtNoe-< 15.8`-0" OrF F.. -1Y -7•C• of F30%Lat'-1( . r1+✓W CAmr,� (b 1� E. l�o� nT€t '\`-o" CUFF ECUS OF 30t‘4.0t1.1G. Mb\IE .5TttA !0 2-d" rtP— Q)ll1L2t►1(,, Go,,,r,. - b C . �N Ctin�Trcit- T 1.ii i CAt-h"(. �Dr•-Di Cllt/1w1ClE SC'ACL\?-V, CF -,11.1v -LEA \-tc1eso3. 5E.e. PS.TAk -5 A,$tc SPRINKLER HEAD SYMBOLS ALARM PosioP`f St' c"-, t4 K t-4(2-, MK DATE BY CO -ORD REVISIONS - LOCATE BY GRID COORDINATES I 1 Z— 2- e EXVA11\ CA),,V� t - Mc\:et) 112,e >;xk.S-C N Lz. 02 P 1,2I✓ , ,EcgNrlEc� �o NE✓4 PAPE L-vc~o� ---W t - _!2 [ to v R,1D I'.Z (�QooJc7 CAMPD1r.1< S. 1 FIELD INSPECTION BY PHONE 1E1— ALARM CHECK VALVE A_ RISER W/ALARM VALVE ® - RISER W/DRY VALVE I�) - SWING CHECK VALVE INI — O.S.&Y. GATE VALVE - WATER MOTOR GONG - ELECTRIC BELL - FIRE DEPT. CONNECTION O - UPRIGHT ON 1/2" OUTLET - PENDENT ON 1/2" OUTLET • - UPRIGHT ON 1" STUB -UP 00 - PENDENT ON 1" DROP - UPRIGHT ON 1/2" OUTLET & PENDENT ON 1" DROP C' — FLUSH ON 1" DROP • - DRY PENDENT ON 1" DROP O - SIDEWALL ON 1/2" OUTLET SPRINKLERS TYPE DEGREE QTY. 1 -Cu kv,h t A 2. r i \.._.\„1F c- VzsEo 9.6GS‘►i CCAgOP( N ✓v.l�>. Lt N t_oc n r ' ora N v1 C A►.\c1iN 1a�1E .♦ IZC CONTRACT WITH GP -AST \l LL' ADDRESS 1 w ' - ii�'a►`�%��� � � ii s.za Qy WThout Comments F rThe ,'taci'e Leger T� •I iz:,-;7;.::„::.:,r-..::',,":',-;"r=7:1,7.:.,-. t-..-! c,2,J „ic4 t tzns of adc4-,ted ,' for the 1 _- .__ V,Ir:-'_:-ea a =_.z c� nd inspection by T '.'Jiia F tre Prcv - ncon Date.: �(((q Ey: CAao'; -( -gEmRot4_ SAMA Foy AL - (t At' EAS ori s -c - e Ot.\L-'C �'ED gp6“.1 SEE TANI'S yJ 3 - # O s ▪ _-� fUKWILA FIRE DEPART v1EINT Please Gail: 575-4407 and give this job No.9 37--`//v and exact address for shut- down or restoration ap,)rovaL g 4 7p- "7;7 lI 2-711 LJ /6-) Co.15-c fLU(-'f1o� 3. CITY 4 PHONE 425' gtC k - t231) WATER DEPT. ARCHITECT ADDRESS - ADDRESS TOTAL SPRINKLERS THIS DRAWING CITY PHONE CITY _t PROJECT et) Rpm t, r1 REST A+nCT - C /1Pt' V',' ADDRESS 50ULTI-4 c )Te.2 -PkCOY CITY~ —_ 'i1l.W 1l.Ikt LA) 1`F-.rv�O1.EL_ 73ev PHONE SCALE: I/, `4 TITLE: i 2E lDYiAW146s j Ai45 S AFETYFIRS T FIRE•SYSTEMS P.O. Box 32S Auburn, WA 98071 (2 65) 735-8722 DRAWN: �rt?jS DATE: DRAWING NO: 1_ OF�, L 0 J 7 TWD 1" 13A11 VALVES FOR INS PECTOF5 11577 RELOCATE TO AN ACCESSIBLE LOLATIC% EXISTING PLANTER RELOCATE EXISTING I -105E RACK 1 FREEZER LL `D II sh 1 5-1 �r- �I 1 11 L—'--- II - JL — — JL COOLER 0 FX15TINL7 DR`( PEND 0 K -ITCH_ -E -N-3 o 118 j 3 r 1 IN 2 NEW HOSE CABI NET gcLILLERY ri- J O O PICK-UP 108 0 0 DRY G'TOR. 0 N Z ^ FOOD PREP N W�® 0 0 0 It_ it , i low �` II CORRIDOR 0 II O 0 0 WATR 116 , 0 CORRIDOR O 133 0 0 0 0 j o PATIO 1 PLANTER Li I DINING #1 1=1 71 1 l L L 0 ,106 l� 1 LU v z 0 0 0 0 111 111 1111 11 I. I<JT .1 NI nnI71=171/ n 7171f� f=1 717171 0 r� — CHANGE ouT HEADS \--14 S AREA TO ERAss `IRECEPTION 101 0 0 GAME ROOM 0 102 0 103 EXISTING PLANTER r 0 TRASH RM. 131 ENtPk,jUL LLQ® / 1 AR A 126 n COOLER 95 1.NEW DRY L. r PENDENT ""11." 0 D LEGEND 0 0 ® NEW WALL D PROPOSED OVAbL PLOOR FLA\ EXISTING WALL TO BE REMOVED EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN 0 EXISTINL-3 SPRINKLER HEAD NEW KELOCATD HEAD 1/8" 2 1'-Q'• SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY TUKWILA, WA. Scope of Wor k 1. During demo of ceilings and coolers, only remove and plug the sprinkler heads and drops that are likely to be damaged. 2. After new ceilings and coolers are installed, reinstall and/or relocate sprinkler heads as needed. 3. In the reception area change out existing sprinkler heads to brass recessed pendents. 4. Remove old fire hose rack and install a new hose cabinet in new location. VICINITY b £: TUKWILA L. SOUTH( CENTER t- 0 < - 0< 0 • F=4 I Z W0. JF- ✓ A W u,W z▪ .} saw LK. a Art 7 lc Web spr. /1 ; it Sc "71 ' 1 lir /'V• 2 tome= S, a�5 ACCEPTED WITHOUT COMMENTS. AS NOTED IN RED PER THE ATTACHED LETTER The drawings affixed hereto have been reviewed an 1 accepted by the City of Tuk'iiiI3 Fire De )t. Additions, deletions or re!iLi:)'ts t) 'raw ngs after this -date will J.?I isi's; :i»,_it-3n"se and will require a resu):; i:_tJ of revised drawings. Final a:�a +an.a is su ject to field- insrec'=.� uy a re,.resentative or this dep_"I'i,:.ent DATE: (515.5'' CITY OF TUKWILA 575-4407 Z TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Please call: 575-4407 and give this job No. and exact address for shut- down or restoration approval FON �� �-r1FtCATE 0 +I gas Y HANGER LEGEND • STANDARD SYMBOLS STANDARD SYMBOLS SPRINKLER HEAD SYMBOLS ALARM MK DATE BY CO -ORD REVISIONS — LOCATE BY GRID COORDINATES FIELD INSPECTION BY PHONE CONTRACT WITH PROJECT RED ROBI N TENANT IMPROVEMENTS ��/ ADDRESS 1:] �jQ0 SDUTHCENTE>; F'ARKWAY ?((--C) � � TUKWILA � VIiA. `� #1. - KWIK BOLT, ROD & RING #2. — BEAM CLAMP, ROD & RING #3. — HILTI STUD, ROD & RING #4. — SIDE BEAM BRACKET, ROD & RING #5.'— TJI BRACKET, L -ROD & RING #6. — EYE ROD & RING #7.- COACH SCREW ROD & RING #8. — CEILING FLANGE, ROD & RING 1 - POST INDICATOR VALVE KEY GATE VALVE �j— FIRE HYDRANT — WATERFLOW SWITCH I� — ALARM CHECK VALVE A- RISER 1'V/ALARM VALVE ® — RISER W/DRY VALVE 1\1— SWING CHECK VALVE INI — O.S.&Y. GATE VALVE 1,& — WATER MOTOR GONG %i — ELECTRIC BELL — FIRE DEPT. CONNECTION 0 - UPRIGHT ON �/z" OUTLET ® — PENDENT ON 1/s" OUTLETCITY • — UPRIGHT ON 1" STUB -UP O �Q — PENDENT ON 1" DROP w PUPRIGHT ON ENDENT ON 11=" DROP" OUTLET & e — FLUSH ON 1" DROP 0 — DRY PENDENT ON 1" DROP 0 — SIDEWALL ON 1/:" OUTLET � SPRINKLERS TYPE DEGREE QTY. 2.ADDRESS 3. CITY TITLE: FI RE PRDTE�TIDN TENANT SI�'�PR>JVt M£T1TS DRAWN: LT6F 1 4 PHONE WATER DEPT. ARCHITECT SIF'F'fY1"I1?S2' DATE: 10.95 — 2 -WAY EARTHQUAKE BRACE .7 — 4 -WAY EARTHQUAKE BRACE gala— NEW UNDERGROUND =___— EXISTING UNDERGROUND DRAWING NO: FP 1 FIRE •SYSTEMS ADDRESS ADDRESS CITY CITY P.O. Box 325 Auburn, WA 98071 (206) 735.8722 1 OF 1 SCALE: TOTAL SPRINKLERS THIS DRAWING PHONE PHONE N � I 4 = t = - -4 t 1 - 1 .._4.LL'44e Ali- ; - 1 L rl 1 1 .3&1CHANCAE12 EST ROO KV —L,- _jL- LIQuOR "ST 0 t . t = - - TZOJ L__JAY5' /Th • Xl1PLQYME. 7 - ARE.," 1 3 f - t-tbUl1/41C,CE. = _ 1 - - _ - .C\ --. o 3- 0 - ' = _ 13 -CBI e=45 Ta 144. - ;-_ 1 1- 1- i - _, _4;__ ._ EXITING; SCVLLEFLY X _ _ I • i 41 _ _ rif• -1=41=11. • x 4 4 EJ E _ _ 4 _ 0 0 0 • 0. kJ 0 II t ( = 0 REFLEC.TEE, CELL 1-0 PLAN (,) (-) - ( x tit rs4 114 AA 0 0 0;0--z----0--0-1 13 401 - CEMT TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENt - PleaSe call: 575.44074 and give this job ,..nd exact adreSS for shut, °own or-retoration approval, 'I- • - ACCEPTED sat WITHOUT COMMENTS. laVAS NOTED IN RED - PER THE ATTACHED LEITER The drawings affixed hereto have been reviewed and accepted by the City of Tukwila Fire Dept. Additions, deletions or revisions to these drawings after this date will void this acceptance and will require a resubmittal of revised drawins. Final acceptance is subject to field inspection by a representative of this department . DATE: Lf_lif.LBY: CITY OF TUKWILA 5754407 _ - _ - t: .15% L "rkt' bet40 -, _ _ _ I ____ --, - - _ _,-----___--;-..........--4-- --z--4....., . - — --=--- --- — ----- - ef-F_L--ER CF WSW 'VK 4 Exr5T3h4G 0 x t UDIt4C--4- PERMIT- 47E4 C-ONTOL f434 27— 125 RECERID AO 23 19 BY= rua:.!1; * PREVENTION BUREI 0 6:21.9E "- •;-- ... a 6 et <0: ; : • '41 ri: : Z 2 ft f4.44° w E iwzgr.• strii . 2 o E m 5 ,.. -C• 1- 2 5 ti 8 - i La a CI en 5 I- < z • .. - 2 r1 Uco° z---.3 .2 '4,.: 2 i OS' i.cE v Lu. Ditais, E Ogriss C2- Ea.bc°22.4 c uu ji w 8 41,s115 cc k c c .c : u) i 0 ii; z gEgg...e 144.,cc c • . LiJ c46.9 s ".• .'013 sg.7 E.3 surance policy coverages, HANGER LEGEND A U" HOOK - COACH SCREW ROD "C" CLAMP TOP BEAM CLAMP EYE ROD FLUSH SHELL --_- CEILING FLANGE SIDE BEAM BRACKET. BOLT SHORT CLIP_ L" ROD tt4 MACHINE THREADED TOGGLE- NUT POWDER DRIVEN STUD --t-,-- KWIKBOLT = -= - - WAY EARTHOUAKE BRACE _ _4 - WAY EARTHQUAKE BRACiET-E 'STRUCTURE TO -CENTER - - UNE, OF PIPE 4N INCHES SPRINKLER LEGEND -UPRIGHT SPKRE,, UPRIGHT SPK R. ON SPRIG __-:UPRiGt-ri UP PENDENT PENDENT SPKR.ON UNE ,:== • PENDENT SPKR. • D TDRYPENDENTSPKR. SIDEWALL_SPKR_- - SPRINKLERS USED SYM SPRINKLER ORIFICE SIZE, TYPE &FINISH TE kLP4-,'11C.O.47 = = POLISMT> ER4E, • RECer-X7E:D)Frettea4 15! "IL 4411 Ac: -20 egASS, rtatte,..iT WIT44 40f CA16101>q wr-ccol2t"---=--7- PEL-4ABLZ- TOTAL. APPROVALS REQUIRED _=z_ Pnqfilfitazw-_ FIRE Paii vr-di — _ - DISTRIBUTION -TLIKLA 4LA = GENERALNOTES 4. AApLLpRoMvAETDE.RIAL AND EQUIP_M_ENT TO BENEW: AND IJNDERWRITERS -- = 2. EARTHQUAKE BRACING SHALLBE PROVIDED- IN ACCORDANCE WITH rii= NFPA PAMPHLET Na 13 - = wPirETH HNAFpNAGEpRsAmpHANLDETIANE0TH013D OF HANGING 71_ BE IN ACCORDANCE 4: PIPING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA PAMPHLET 5. JOINING OF PIPE AND FITTINGS. THREADED AND WELDED SHALL_t_i = BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH -NFPA PAMPHLET NO. 13-- - 6. OWNER TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE HEAT TO PREVENT _WATER IN PtPES PASBAYLLYSINTT-ING OF AN -D EQUIPMENT (IF REQUIRED} TO BEPROVIDED = 9. FURRING OF :AY -SAND ' EQUIPMENT: -(IF REQU1RED TO BE PROVIDED — BY FROM FREEZING IN AREA PROTECTED BY -A WET PIPE SPRINKLER By = OTKE(25 _ , - - - I_ WEMIRING OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES (IF REQUIRED TO BE PROVIDED .2_7 _ • NUN _ _ DESIGN CRITERIAAND PIPE NOTES ir = oRDINAtst goo?1- ,pER. ik.tFPA R EVIStONS RV CASCADE /4. & C SUPPIJES CO. 1 4 DATE BY CONTRACT WITH - AJ E3RU NI ER - 4.0,0 AteciN-, - Aye - \NIA. JOB PH. NO. 57,3-42i5 - JOB SUPT. . C -o1-77 - CONTRACT NAM: Tu w- L. w - _ RED_ RoBit\1 -7 5 URqER SPITq -EMPRwil - r7 00 :tcrriiCENTER. PAW - - _ sof THCE E -- PARKWAY puszA Nom' SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, INC. - - OREGON _ .E,•4441.. 503-256-0586 CONTR. LW— NO. 25179 WASHINGTON - _ - - 206-763-4279 CONTRtIC.NO.FIRE GS S 274 KC ALASKA 07-344-7200 CONTR. LAC. NG. AA 5325 DESIGNER DATE -SHEET JOB NO. KEG FF OF 1 87 CASCADE A. 4 E. SUI -ICS COS 410 OR 111111.1' 11111011.0.,i I r, 1 11 1,, pron 11011 t C WieR f -D ES -T ROOM 7E_ 1 L = -t LJ 13VE_FLAr_i GOOIER DiRy SOF/ac •tke — 1 L I (141)CM '5•TOAe..41 d 0 Aro,- 0 _ NIWA-AlErtS --r -- 1' I n 1 17_ t - _ - oc.A. - U ARE" • v. - 1- - 0 IL1f-1 atorr EXIT-)TrtNICA ['ZEST 1:LoopetS -x j= -t-' - 44. e•••35,k4±,Jz.. 11,„. "1.0.151; ExISTING, SC,VL.L.E.FILY 1 t 0 "2---=EMEMED. -- X 5 V X, X, CI ; - x X 4 1,410, ,111,11. Olow10,4,19,14‘,N, 0 0 4 -.--;- f 1 : t_J c_, _ X „IL 1=- e-4. 0 /Th 0 3 0 0 A FRE PLEC.T EC) CE.I L ci FLAN: _ 41_ 0 i = 0 0 () PAol '144 —0-- 4t X”- 0 i - t X it 44 UTc 1E = _ PLAZA - -_-= - = - • - - - - - r1 7 - - - -ra Dr 140 ec-FrEsz F t•.1 Rpc EX15T/N -- - _ - , - - - HANGER LEGEND "U" HOOK - COACH SCREW ROD C" CLAMP - TOP BEAM CLAMP EYE ROD FLUSH SHELL ------ CEILING FLANGE r-- ---' SIDE BEAM BRACKET --- "J'" BOLT- --= - - - SHORT CLIP_ _ - ROD MACHINE THREADED ROD TOGGLE NUT = - POWDER DRIVEN STUD KW( K -BO LT A 41= V X :a1-10. 2 = WAY EARTHQUAKE BRACE _ frEARTI4dUAKE BRACE -- - STRUCTURE --TO _ CENTER - - LINE OF PIPE IN= INCHES --- -SPRINKLER:LEGEND O UPRIGHT SPKR. _ 0 - UPRIGHT SPKR• ON SPRIG 0 .- UPRIGHT PENDENT • PENDENT SPKR. ON LINE _ PENDENTSP-KR.: = - - • • D DRY PENDENT SPKFt. SIDEWALLSPKR._.--'. _ SPRINKLERS USED SYM SPRIN-KLER ORIFICE _ SIZE. TYPE & FINISM OUAN TEMP AoA POUSHED BRIC4 • rf-e4W 471 NC.15,k eiZs rEmbE.:IT Wink 404 20 - "-, -CAulti-Pr9 - 1140' D," Prmurrc4ocEA,475 RELI g et -E- - _ - _ = TOTAL APPROVALS REQUIRED pnGt1tAleit46, - _TUKWILA, FIZE. PRIEVfAirct DISTRIBUTION 3- - = _ • - _-= z -z_ BUIDINFDE_RMIT- 4754 CONTFOL NO '3t- e7-16,5_ RECEIVED 30 1 1g87 • ... _ -__-- GENERALNOTES 1- - _ 1--_-AEL MATERIAL -AND EQUIPMENT TO BE _NEWAND-UNDERWRITERS APPROVED, -- - - 2. EARTHQUAKE BRACING SHALL BE PROVIDED -IN ACCORDANCE WITH f _ NFPA PAMPHLET NO. 13 ---- 3_ PIPE HANGERS AND METHOD OF HANGING TO BE IN ACCORDANCE_-,, -- WITH NFPA PAMPHLET NO. 13_ - - - is. PIPING SHALL r BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA PAMPHLET NO 13. -i 5 JOINING - OF PIPE - AND .FITTINGS THREADED AND -WELDED :SHALL -1-,- - _- BE IN ACCORDANCE -WITH NFPA PAMPHLET_ NO. 13.--i -6. OWNER TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE HEAT TO PREVENT WATER IN PIPES- = _FROM FREEZING IN -AREAS PROTECTED BY_ A WET,P1PE- SPRINKLER_ SYSTEM_ - _ ===- 7,„ a --• 7_ ALL_ WIRING OF ELECTRICAL DEVICES (IF REQUIRED) TO BE- PROVIDED By OTOILIZS - - _ - _ _ _ - 8. PAINTING OF PIPE -AND EQUIPMENT- OF REQUIRED} TO BE BY _ armers - _ _ - _ _ = - = 5_ FURRING OF PIPE AND EQUIPMENT (IF REQUIRED) TO BE PROVIDED_ - BY - VAS _ = T = -TJUN 1 6 1987-,1,- --- DESIGN CRITERIA AND PIPE NOTES-- - - _ UG KT. 4 orzzit4Ar. pg f..LFPA -- REVISIONS - - - RV DATE BY = A A CONTRACT WITH - - = _ - _ - - - - 7BRUN ER Cr -OAST - - - - - Soso Atx.i'4b "les- s -w• = - JOB PH- NO- 57'-4t5 JOB SUPT. - - CONTRACT NAME: - - - - - FtED=_ROBiKi 5 URqER SPIRITS EMFtiati4 300 - 450 UTHGENTER PAR.KW1414 _ - AREA: SO OTHC NT ER., PAR..KWAY PLAzA Noz-r14 SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, INC. - OREGON=- - 503.256-0586 CONTR. LW- NO. 26179 WASHINGTON „ 206-763-4279 CONTR.ttc No. FIRE GS 5 274 KC _ ALASKA 907-3444290 - _ CC.NTR. LIC. -NO. AA 5325 DESIGNER DATE - SHEET JOB NO. KEG (0-16-57 Fp r- OF f 8 7c tAl 1 1tll1,IlI11 (_ Illlljll It 11111111111 4311 EXISTING FAN 19"x19"DUCT 4 • NEW FAN t 1-1 • X 35" DUCT ,1 NSW FAN THIS CURB BY BARGREEN-ELLMG5ON • 19" X 19" DUCT le" X19"DUCT -Im'-0" MNIrLIM MIN 100-0" CLEARANCE TO NEAREST BLDG. OBSTRUCTION PROPERTY LINE OR RETURN AIR UNIT. MAKE-UP AIR FAN TEMPERED AIR UNITS) 2X6CURB MOOD CALCULATIONS TYPE I EXHAI,I.'ST HOOD TO BE 2U9'-6" LONG. HOOD REQUIRES n,400 TOTAL EXHAUST 1-1000 R fiQUIRES (S) EXNA1.15T FANS, (1) ALREADY EXISTS. EXI4AU.ST FANS TO BE RATED • 5/8" 9_ . REG1JIRW JEMN-AIR MODEL ''S 245NBRTD RATED • WP. EA. EXHAUST DUCT 51Z23 TO BE 1`" X 19" FOR EACH OUTSIDE EXHAUST DUCT AND 11" X 35" FOR CENTER EXHAUST. EACH EXHAUST DUCT REG/WIRES A U-510 FIRE RATED EXHAUST SHAFT. MAKE -UF; AIR UNIT TO BE AN ARVIN ES -213 MAKING 99% OF T1 -E EXHAUSTED TOTAL. MAKE -UF, AIR TO BE SPLIT TO FEED (2) REZNOR HRG-250 TEMPERED AIR WH ITS. EAC HEAT UNIT TO REQUIRE 250,000 d.Tll. GAS LR'E FEED. TO � 11 I'ZfreY 4 4 t}Vrmat'J E� 3&oO° 9,L& L_i to S 4 L ••• •ED •o •o TI + =0= • • • 1 I j h. HOOD ELERI18T/OM SCALE" 1/2'= V-0' EXISTING 13" X 19" DUCT (NEUJ CONN. TO -OOD) 1—NELU 11" X 3511 DUCT ALU le" X 19," DUCT U\I !- r -+-r (N-il (Y-!-• 'I rr OHOOD PLAN SCALE: 1/2'=1'-0' 2E1-6" 12O' X 25" 1'14KE -UPr :1 N '-)JC' r, MAKE-UP AtR SHAFT 1 HR FIRE RATED CEIL REGISTE NOTE: NWT TO BE BUILT TO UL. DESIGN l-510 CONSTRUCTION. NOTE: FIRE SUPP. SYSTEM TO BE INSTALLED TO CODE 87 OTHERS. 1- �y 1 Ems_ TUI L- PleaseKWcall:FIRE 575-4407DEPARTMENT and give this job t o. 9s— F- /OF' a.nd .:tact address for shut, g wii .ir restoration approval. lin r-) ' 1 ACCEPTED SHIELD WITHOUT COMMENTS, SNVJ WCHRr) 0 PER ME ATTAC"E0 LETTER Ttt raw(n 3 effixed hereto howl) bean rev teed and acceptaJ by the City of Tult. la Fire Dept. Additions, ddltti n3 or rF.. isions to the3o drawin 3 after this - vill void this acceptana and will require a resubmittal of revised drawings. 1'-c" OVERHANG n RCI subject to fiald. than y a r presentative of this department DATE: 712/SS BY:21/6,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, CITY OF TUKWILA 575-4407 U-510 SHAFT (DILL Cputas vcb �rfl1J 3' AIR SPACE BEHIND SHAFT ENCLOSURE U.L. LISTED FILTER 4 DUCT EXHAUST 1-4000 NOT LIGHTER THAN 018 GA. 5/5 UELDED LIQUID TIGHT CONSTRUCTION 5/5 WALL FLA51-1ING STEEL STUD CONSTRUCTION WALL I -100D SECTION SCALE I/2" • 1'-0" 411rri 61s 5-4 Ur QaF Ew4AUST DUCT TO BE Ir GA. LIQUID TIGHT GELDED CONST. /S' UL RATED GYPSUM BOAR •S PHILLIPS Imo. b: -IT SCREWS • 20' OL. VERTICALLY 24GA MSG G.I. STUDS id, 2'L FINISHING PAUL! • 8'O.0 ON 4S' 00114 SIDES. RIBS 2 OR 3.LAYER5 V2' OR See' •• W. U.L. RATED GYP'SU'M 150A1� ADHERED TOGETHER u CASED: TYPE GLUE. TYPICAL U-510 SHAFT SECTION >6 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM TO BE INSTALLED BY OTHERS AS REWIRED BY LOCAL CODE END Si -147 ENCLOSUI S (SEE TYP. DETAILS FOR COt1STRJCTION) ricx ' PL_140Q ArUS U L SYsrerr(6 .J V - Tv PE..., f-fcoo £ -r- v.b.or P2EP LY h1 1; M D I' 1I• Vic '/' DUCT ` li : 6" CLEAR ALL ARL ND -- 51-1.4v=1" ENCLOSUR (5E TYP. DETAILS FOR CONSTRUCTION) i f 1017 -54th AVE. EAST, TACOMA, WA 98424 1-800-422-7702 t 4, rberl rIC n Lai z ateofZ .===o z a± M PO REVISIONS S.H. C.W. _ F; _ 1 CL 1/2'ic1'-0' HOOD PLAN & ELEVATION S 1 3-10-95 n-1 1OP2 1 172276 1 EA\SI \ 4(a Cp PP '10 t v ' • r-- z rg- - l '✓skint N Ui' 2 �. \�� PE OAS t ECoNt�EG( \LI\1\1 VV.: 6R00\1E17 •Cpk.LPuNC� MOVE ` i% ONNWERS 6A- -- 2'-p" -Th A omoDW- Nsr1tJ I,oCAT\or\ o� PIPE.( .6,.x\sc\cita 1`2` - 1 —' —�— ADD (1) UPRIGUT -TO NEW TOWED. uNE - or- NEW TDWE- ABOVE 1-�'- — 3:=tct-'.O �x�SZ �NC� t_�Nz O�O_CA�1oP - - _ Pt.UC�t 0 (IT LET s,J <-rK k" GL_ L_DC-M - P9. 2 bA L,r-a.: EZno( ) NI5t c+✓ ----CPADP-< ALi._ A140, .1,1 w ILL j2.erv,Pr1A ,AT F-tvaNt -tsztA --c-vie--‘ 1Z It.\-GX'ST1146CA-at,p--', 61c, V'51- Np;_".1 ctTIocN'rS 51-FALA- Qie. Lksso P,,Lo c r14c4 EE 7 w '- kklk-cA N= C,Rbo'le()_Cou-\9L ( \�\Pe NATAL—MCS -Z`-o'` &Ac -K- -to Actor'\O ATE .tVEvl_Loc-AT1014_oC ?1F-- 5 C E'1.\Sc l►J(� 2,"_ PIPE - V.It-ry `L° (,,¢.flaJE✓D_GouP_LIN(a,_MOVE, _r%ft _ ►Fjic-J- /2)-0° -co AGC -o PAO, � NE1,4_1_ A-ckor.1 0 _01PE - - - ,EcgNtJEct Ifo Rev, PIFs;-I--vc o1 —W 1T l'2 LQoov- ' dlo�•L-s ptN r 1 Z �,Q-ooJeD CouPl 6-49-45 5 0 • .hut CAr.\pP`t��E_ ejXks-S Sc:-- Cl)ao?•-( -ro -c2,E rnovt) 5-- - �x\5C\ U ► _ N=ovE7-- R't L().0 Po1 kt-c P.R1q _-, CEX\ST\�ca C;ANoc� / N���: �X\ST1t`1C>,r✓r`�ac ( 15.8`-O" Golvti1*1(z-,_ t,I=:w ‘V -o" o�F Eo�E Os- r3:a1�o1►1�. Mp\IC �`t15Tic1L \-1►1E-5 T� V-0"ror-J\ Go(r,F--n,_ \NA. ►1svJ SPA - 4L-, ZWrcE1i 5PF,1tJV LiR N�+�os- 56.E DETAIL -S M3iC - CA►4 S?`( �1RF SF�11.t V 2 SEL c-Ai,o•a QLAw� 110i" • t\I .A;Iiv\ktS•- , un1e. Loc,aTlc,a -VI CQ►.36,7•-t 1-►1.iE ! ) - _ .. 111.6 CAI -\m'( —so _gemR1ta SA S Foci ALL - AR -E te-, aT9-k ip OISk.-‹ SEA 9,„(-6,►S • ILT /45 -BUILT 5 —apt FILE s s - 2 4 HANGER LEGEND STANDARD SYMBOLS STANDARD SYMBOLS - SPRINKLER HEAD SYMBOLS ALARM MK DATE - BY CO -ORD REVISIONS - LOCATE BY GRID COORDINATES FIELD INSPECTION BY PHONE #1. -= KWIK BOLT, ROD & RING #2. - BEAM CLAMP, ROD & RING #3.= HILT! STUD, ROD & RING #4. - SIDE BEAM BRACKET, ROD & RING #5. - TJI BRACKET, L -ROD & RING - EYE ROD & RING #7.' -COACH SCREW ROD & RING #8. - CEILING FLANGE, ROD & RING - POST INDICATOR VALVE T - KEY GATE VALVE - FIRE HYDRANT -0 - WATERFLOW SWITCH - 2 -WAY EARTHQUAKE BRACE - 4 -WAY EARTHQUAKE BRACE aa- NEW UNDERGROUND ____- EXISTING UNDERGROUND - ALARM CHECK VALVE A - RISER W/ALARM VALVE - RISER W/DRY VALVE 1\1 - SWING CHECK VALVE INI - O.S.&Y- GATE VALVE - WATER MOTOR GONG - ELECTRIC BELL - FIRE DEPT. CONNECTION • - UPRIGHT ON 1/2" OUTLET • - PENDENT ON 1/2" OUTLET 0 - UPRIGHT ON 1" STUB -UP t� - PENDENT ON 1" DROP - UPRIGHT ON 1/2" OUTLET & - PENDENT ON 1" DROP ® - FLUSH ON 1" DROP ® - DRY PENDENT ON 1" DROP O - SIDEWALL ON 1/2" OUTLET SPRINKLERS TYPE DEGREE QTY. �1\ REVISE ExIST/061 SFSINKLE-ES -r NEW -CWE-12 -5-2ot I Tu_v-A { 1 A f, n . 2. CONTRACT WITH C.P- E P, \XL1-1 Coh1YT (LUc-1-1o4 ADDRESS 3. CITY 4 WATER DEPT, PHONE 1426- 6(d -E- 4230 ARCHITECT ADDRESS ADDRESS TOTAL SPRINKLERS THIS DRAWING CITY PHONE CITY PHONE PROJECT pJ Ro REST A-n1T Co' ADDRESS 50UT14 c! j.u- I=1CCJ`(_ CITY`- — 'C W lLs�W A t7RAJ111,rs 1 cAe�s S AFET YFIR S T FIRE•S-YSTEMS TITLE: SCALE: P.O. Box 32S Auburn, WA 98071 (2.53) 735-8722 DRAWN: i 15e15 DATE: 99 I W DRAWING NO: OF FILE:S01-Red Robin (Sprinkler Plan).cad DATE:11/30115 TIME;11:29:19 • , • AVININVA11111111111111101M111111111111FM111111111411111111,VAIIIIIIIIIIIIMININIIMINNIAAVIAIIII3WINAIMI111111•11411111111111.111111111M Norpi Wif I - . f„) • 0 , FAMILY D",'"11',K.7, • AREA OF WORK 7 / „ / '1- - • / e / 1/ ' • k -X, • - • - •, • „-- , ------/,4.)--„,--//- --„,--z.;.://4 4 0 1 , . z ' ' f,, / ,- , ,, . -,„/ .."". A . „ ,• , . , .... „ , ...• , -' r . ' XGATHc,i01,1,.%3 r.,i'it K.3 .- "."•;";/ ''?" i 1(4 1//„., ' l'Ari '•'7.4/' - .. ...' /.,1•// ..Nr.i.. .:,0 ..: N.I.C. . „ , / X' ' / / / / - • / 7, •- V/ / A / / /(_ ' • / 4:1" 101 L8' leseIrktlr''XI.,, AREA OF WORK ,1,', 7 71 RED ROBIN FIRE SPRINKLER PLAN SCALE: 1/8" = . , . FITTERI LISTER NOTES: ., ."-4;1:,. ,,-,,----, -•,,:.--..r .7.4'43 IF -4/m. i„ . ''''' 1_,....„ALL CEILING H 2. ALL HANGERS • ;-st, i.eLter The plans have .r.)e.L.:Tf - Tukwila Fire Pverition Bureao current City which do r:Ot. - 3doted ano ordinahce..3 7' '-7 or the oesigner, 1 O.elevor. revls:or; (..;rawinds after vd,.c requre a r4subrnittal crewing.: approvaL Final acceptance :s subject to field cesT and inspection by i The Tukwila Fife Prevention Bureau. 1 Date: /a -CI -1 - By: i 1 1. GHTS TO BE VERIFIED BY FITTER PRIOR TO CUTTING DROPS. 0 BE TYPE `SW U.N.O. TUKWILA FM DEPARTMENT Pfcifiscc 206-575-1407 end giv2 this Fire Permit No. - &2o nd exact aftcss for Mut- r:!:-;an or rntoragen opprova EXISTING BRANCHLINE 9-7 F.F. „,„-- NEW 1" (DROP) NEW 1" ELBOW OPTIONAL FLEX DROP FITTINGS NEW MODEL G PENDENT W/ REC- ESCUTCHEON EXISTING r- BRANCHLINE NEW 1(DROP NEW 1" ELBOW 1 11111111 48 FLEX DROP 48" FLEX DROP OPTIONAL FLEX DROP FITTINGS NEW MODEL G PENDENT W/401 CANOPY NEW MODEL G PENDENT FIEC- ESCUTCHEON NEW MODEL G PENDENT W/401 CANOPY 0 1 - TOE TENANT IMPROVEMENT THIS PROJECT ISA TENANT IMPROVEMENT, THIS FACILITY HAS ALREADY BEEN PROTECTED BY A FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. FIRE SYSTEMS WEST IS ADDING SPRINKLER PROTECTION TO ACCOMMODATE THE NEW WALLS & CEILING, LIGHTING AND HVAC LAYOUT. ALL WORK WILL BE DONE WITHOUT AFFECTING THE CAPABILITY OF THE EXISTING SYSTEM. SYMBOL LEGEND A • R - DENOTES A SPRINKLER HEAD TO BE RELOCATED. • A - DENOTES A SPRINKLER HEAD TO BE ADDED. XD - DENOTES A SPRINKLER HEAD TO BE PLUG. - DENOTES AN EXISTING SPRINKLER OR OUTLET TO REMAIN. MT - MECHANICAL TEE - - - - - REPRESENTS EXISTING SPRINKLER PIPE. REPRESENTS NEW SPRINKLER PIPE. 2" WOOD NAILER 7111.1.21 SIDEWINDER/ HANGER MATE 3/8" ALL THREAD ROD RING HANGER OPEN WEB JOIST (4" AND SMALLER PIPE) HANGER JW 1. SIDEWINDER (WOOD) 2x WOOD STRUCTUFE ---- SIDEWINDER/ HANGER MATE 3/8" ALL THREAD ROD RING HANGER (4" AND SMALLER PIPE) HANGER SW SIDEWINDER (WOOD) 2x WOOD STRUCTURE ---SUPERSCREW/HANGER MATE 3/8" ALL THREAD ROD RING HANGER HANGER SS SUPERSCREW (WOOD) VICINITY MAP SCALE: NONE SCOPE OF WORK ADD AND / OR RELOCATE HEADS FOR NEW WALLS AND CEILINGS. EXCLUSIONS 1. TAXES. 2. RELOCATION OF EXISTING PIPING. 3. GWB CUT AND PATCH. 4. PAINTING OF ANY KIND. 5. WIRING OF ANY KIND. 6. REPLACE, REPAIR, OR MODIFICATION OF CEIL TILES. 7. ABATEMENT OF ANY KIND. 8. STRUCTURAL VERIFICATION IF REQUIRED. DESIGN CRITERIA 1, NFPA 13 2010 ED. 2. CITY OF TUKWILA 3. ORDINARY HAZARD - RESTAURANT SEATING AREA. Pke cool, WASHINGTON STATE CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Theron J. Davis 8500-0501-C ;Level 3 Fire Systems Wi est, Inc FIRESWI140B1 Signature Vi AREA OF WORK KEY PLAN SCALE: NONE ' NOV SO 2015 FIRE SPRINKLER PLAN HANGER LEGEND SPRINKLER HEADS REVISIONS GENERAL NOTES DESIGN CRITERIA AND NOTES SYM TYPE MFG MODEL ORIFICE THREAD TEMP FINISH CANOPY QTY MK DATE BY DESCRIPTION SR/PEND RELIABLE G 5.6K 1/2" 155' CHROME REC-CHRM. 23 4 SR/PEND RELIABLE G 5.6K 1/2" 155° BRASS 401 / CHRM. A APPROVALS REQUIRED: DISTRIBUTION: AHJ OWNER /ARCHITECT AHJ TOTAL 26 OWNER / ARCHITECT FIRE SYSTEMS WEST 3 1 1 1. ALL MATERIALAND EQUIPMENT TO BE NEW AND UNDERWRITERS APPROVED. 2. PIPING DIMENSIONS ARE CENTER TO CENTER EXCEPT RISER & DIMENSIONS SHOWN THUSLY (1'-6") WHICH ARE END TO END. 3.EARTHQUAKE BRACING SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA #13. 4. PIPE HANGERS AND METHOD OF HANGING TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA #13. 5. PIPING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEPA #13. 6. JOINING OF PIPE AND FITTINGS, THREADED AND WELDED SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NEPA #13. 7. OWNER TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE HEAT TO PREVENT WATER IN PIPES FROM FREEZING IN AREAS PROTECTED BY WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. 8. STRUCTURAL ADEQUACY OF THE BUILDING TO SUPPORT THE SPRINKLER PIPING IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OVVNER OR HIS STRUCTURAL REPRESENTATIVE. 1. ALL BRANCHLINE PIPING TO BE THREADED SCH 40 JOINED W1 CAST IRON FITTINGS (UNO). 2. ALL NEW HANGERS TO BE SAMMY SUPERSCREW TO METAL DECK (UNO). 3. ALL NEW CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING PIPE TO BE MADE WITH MECHANICAL TEE (UNO). CONTRACT NAME: RED ROBIN STORE #200 17300 SOUTHCENTER PKWY TUKWILA, WA 98188 CONTRACT %MTH: ALEGIS CONSTRUCTION 3701 S. NORFOLK ST, STE 300 SEATTLE, WA 98118 CUSTOMER CONTACT: ROCKWELL WARD PHONE: 206-549-1373 FAX: 206-725-0296 Q.0 FAB BY: DLSIGNER C LUGO f2.2 y - Fire ystems est 206 Frontage Road North, Suite C Pacific, WA. 98047 (253) 833-1248 Fax: (253) 735-0113 'AACL FIRLSWI 14C1131 DATE 1-1/30/tc. PIS -TALL BY: JOB NUMDLR SHEE"1 0 ?/) _41 tp • T'�Slro "1 C14. Ja-c.iCtJ� 'tJM-rsc.r iL FJc_-`dam /Lrai�kt L O _44_1 i ( _ a 3 t tom; O 0; Q i E r a t 4 XM 4- _ - - 1 x- X M. fi Z 1 ' 0 f �r • i ++ 1/74, L 0 ! t ,-atv {i..�. L.i _1`E 1-2117--- -%fit.- - t t-' TZ. rti`C-I 4' 3 s sof t r • IA '2 _ i iJ I ! r , � � i r. 1 G :4 jt� I - r vi'. - sig L i s / • rJ{1 /f� TE a r tx,L t �T T ! isri- } - ;; fj 4 1 5 -to 1 1 Y '1 LAI LL 73 -fes L-1 t7 r 9 C , t =,G 'FEE_ NI tp Li, /` L►EJB' A 1 S 2 - ! t ,i --1 I J 1 c/20 5 J*. t it ira-r"`-'1 t - ectS o = fZEU.2Er7r17[v'-s1; -1t7 ti�titi ti,!c 0..., *- , i _,�_ �_,..:3 ;y 15. 0 - - I s w (,1'2' PI rei Y1 :._)i--):-, i i-' �'7 _ t J - ' iLi—s./i °f id' _ t= t 4 b 1 - 1,�, . A t �_ 'r%}Y I...A C t -f: j i t4 NICT✓ Z i v<i :r:J• >-1 ''_/Afl - ALL fj? k1 f. = 21=7 t p• t7a. { Nr - 1 Z� Lr 2 Si PRINT= ON NO. MOON CLCARPRIN7 REVISIONS BY - -.di - e,I - Vi, _ .w i ` - - iN y } I- - r:s �- J Jam: < r 2 0 i i V } } fr Si ,:-..../ 1,1 --N - 7 - . �') -4 \j II -4 � } - Date_-L��-" Scale ..t. _, 1 -� - Drawn 4t i_-..;�.,— - Job - Sheet -- ; -` Of - -- Sheets REVISIONS 4 cIm" 1;4111 1A a�%F fY�4:04Tv I N 11,44 rA.'L '4 CI -2x -gr BY aro -SEP 2 3 1981 - Asomeeting requirements of this Bureau for classification4s iprinklered; - however, system changes or additions as recommended o tie attached sh et(s)-will result in improved: rates. Acceptance applies to plans _summated and for construction and occupancy shown the eon. Einished in tallation subject to inspection for final acceptance. 1 - RN omments, approvals and acceptances relate exclusively tc relative Off& of various conditions upon fire insurance rates. :They are not to be konstrued as bearing in any way upon the question of whether "duo car has been exercised with respect. to possible iblthetliabilityhrd orl � Inj y or damage to property. It s It in loss still exist. is c.ac. Vr blurt(.... aft :x1.747Zdr,117 t APPROVED The rawings affixed hereto have been revie'ed and accepted as meeting or exceeding minimum requirements of the City of Tukwila Fire Dept., Bureau of Fire Preve tion. Additions or revisions to these draw ngs after this date shall not be constiued as being approved or iew d. -F1iEaZ lea CITY OF TUILA B REAU OF FIRE ' REVELATION E_= -_E HSL 141. z _a 0 0 RDOI t% --1ZEU'J`•/ - `7Z/ S�) {/l7 f2ENJ kW �Lp V��Y �Ji�/kis.. �•i�a -sem 5 O 1Y\\J 2i Z' i 1 l i ,--1 a _i> 41 i& o" V//' 1601 _,—"--_ i o #•.� 1 • w . i j L ri . cam_.{,.d _ = j`*i_A ‹ 14A<j1 ,,.. _ f>. J'M 7z .lam, "-q.41-7.-__Z!(1/4!(.7- ALL A III 7-? t4pi1� 24.1 Date Drawn Job A Ir Z --� Sheet.— is heet -- - i Ow TO NO Of 1 Sheets 114 X if ` PRINTRO ON NO. 1000r. Ct.[AR►RINY - . 120VAC DEDICATED 20 AMP CIRCUIT UNE 1 ❑ a] UNE 2 ❑x 0 16/2 FPLR TYP SLC CIRCUITS 4 PR_ CAT -5e QTY 2 TO TELEPHONE BACKBOARD TYP TELEPHONE LINES PANEL SLC LOOP z D n D C") z D n Z D 15cD 14/2 FPLR TYP_ NAC CIRCUITS I5cD 30c0 30co SPARE SPARE SPARE FAC P#1 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM -NOTES 1 ALL STROBES TO BE SYNCRONIZED 2 ALL HORNS TO BE PROGRAMMED AS TEMPORAL CODE 3 3 ALL INITIATING AND NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS SHALL BE CLASS A - 4 DEVICES SHOWN ARE REPRESENTATIVE AND CONCEPTUAL ONLY CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ACTUAL DEVICE LAYOUT, ZONING CONFIGURATION, ETC WITHIN THEIR SUBMITTAL PACKAGE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM - RISER DIAGRAM SCALE NTS WIRING METHODS ALWAYS BREAK A WIRE BEFORE CONNECTING A FIRE ALARM DEVICE, NEVER LOCD AN UNBROKEN WIRE UNDER ANY TERMINAL IT TO CORRECT INCORRE� a) BACKBOX // CONNECT ONLY TWO WIRES UNDER EACH WIRE NUT OR TERMINA6-, f A • SYSTEM NO W L 1001 CORRECT INCORRECT NOTES // /,/ 04F f CORRECT C IIORRECT Ts - E _ PULL STATION - - - o • 1 KEY 0 0 0 0 QTY DESCRIPTION SEE STUB UP DETAIL THIS SHEET FOR CONT SPLASH BLOCK (BY G C) TYP SLEEVE THROUGH FLOOR/WALL HYDRAULIC CALCULATION PLATE 1* OUTSIDE HORN–STROBE (LOCATION SHOWN THIS SHEET) FLANGED CONNECTION TYP GROOVED ELBOW 1* FLOW SWITCH TYP FLEXIBLE COUPLING 4–WAY BRACING SECURED TO STRUCTURE DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY AMES 300 2" MAIN DRAIN ANGLE VALVE 0 2" DRAIN TERM 6" ABOVE FIN GRADE 0 SPARE SPRINKLER BOX (3–RECESS-3 UPRIGHT) REFER TO FP2 0 FOR MANUFACTURER PROVIDE WRENCH FOR EACH TYPE AND OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL CURRENT EDITION -- 0 2 300 PSI PRESSURE GAUGE(s) NOTES 1 FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO BE MONITORED BY A U L. OR F M USTED CENTRAL STATION FOR FLOW TAMPER AND TROUBLE FINISHED GRADE wa ca oz w� w m EXTERIOR WALL— \� / // / 0 TO ROOF LEVEL U SPRINKLER PIPING ///0/4/‘// . R a r CONCRETE FOOTING FINISHED FLOOR FORE SPRINKLER RISER DETAIL NTS RATED WALL FIRE STOP DETAIL '— KEYNOTE _ FINISHED CEILING OR HIGH CEILING -Z,o:_ ' O F FIRE RATED WALL CONDUIT SEE PLANS FOR SIZE AND LOCATION - - BACKBOX REFERENCE POINT TO POINT DEVICE DETAILS OR PRODUCT 1 SUBMITTAL DATA SHEETS FOR BACK BOX REQUIREMENTS OF INDMDUAL UNITS OMANUAL PULL STATION INSTALLATION TO BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH IFC 907 3 2 1 & ADA 4 27 4 _ 1,/ NOMINAL 1/4 THICK INTUMESCENT ELECTROMETRIC MATERIAL FACED ON SIDE WITH ALUMINUM FOIL IN 2 WIDE STRIPS FOR IXPOSED AR A -. CAULKING SEE NOTE #2 BELOW FOR CONCEALED AREAS - SYSTEM NO W L 1001 FIRESTOPPING CONFIG A ONE AND TWO HOUR RATED WALLS NOTES 1 ENTIRE ASSEMBLY TO BE U L APPROVED REFER TO U L BUILDING MATERIALS DIRECTORY SYSTEM NO W L-1001 CONFIGURATION "A FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 2 CAULK FILL MATERIAL FORCED INTO ANNULAR SPACE TO MAXIMUM 3/16 IN AND WITH A MINIMUM 1/4" IN DIAMETER CONTINUOUS BEAD OF CAULK APPLIED TO THE DIAMETER OF CONDUIT AT ITS EGRESS FROM THE WALL MANUFACTURER "MINNESOTA MINING AND MANUFACTURING CO "- TYPE CP -25 S/L, CP -25 N/S - MOUNTING REQUIREMENTS - '— KEYNOTE _ FINISHED CEILING OR HIGH CEILING -Z,o:_ ' O F 1 O '-"\ BACKBOX REFERENCE POINT TO POINT DEVICE DETAILS OR PRODUCT 1 SUBMITTAL DATA SHEETS FOR BACK BOX REQUIREMENTS OF INDMDUAL UNITS OMANUAL PULL STATION INSTALLATION TO BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH IFC 907 3 2 1 & ADA 4 27 4 _ 1,/ e A 0 N® SMOKE AUDIOVISUAL DETECTOR t•Y CEILING NOTIFICATION DEVICE SILENT KNIGHT - _ - 1-t0� - - - a 04F FAC P F C ANSUL HOOD SYSTEM - E _ PULL STATION - - - o - PER NFPA 72 4-4 4 AUDIO/VISUAL AND 1 MM VISUAL DEVICES LOCATION - - - F —1 - - - AS REQUIRED WALL MOUNTED APPLIANCES MOUNTED SUCH THAT NOT LESS THAN 80 GREATER THAN 96 FINISHED SHALL BE THE ENTIRE LENS IS INCHES AND NOT INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR 48 MAX TO THE HIGHEST ACTIVATING HANDLE 90732 FINISHED FLOOR - j POINT OF THE OR Lt i•ER IFC t , 1111 oe -- - - - • 6 FIRE ALARM LEGEND - NEW EQUIPMENT 6 SYMBOL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER PART NUMBER BACKBOX RING MT. HEIGHT QTY A FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL W/DIALER SILENT KNIGHT - SK 5495 - - - - - - AS REQUIRED 1 FAC P 16/4 FPLR C ANSUL HOOD SYSTEM - - - - - - - - - - - - AS REQUIRED 1 MM FIRE ALARM PULL STATION - - - - - - - - - - - - AS REQUIRED - 3 F 1111 FIRE ALARM HORN/STROBE - - - - - - - - - - - - AS REQUIRED 11- FIRE ALARM STROBE - - - - - - - - - < - - - AS REQUIRED 5 0 FIRE ALARM SMOKE DETECTOR - - - - - - - - - - - - AS REQUIRED 1 0 SPRINKLER RISER - - - - - - - - - - - - AS REQUIRED - FIRE ALARM CABLE/LINETYPE LEGEND CABLE LINETYPE NFPA 72 CIRCUIT TYPE TYPICAL DEVICES CONDUCTORS - - SLC (SIGNALING LINE CIRCUIT) SMOKE/PULL/FLOW/TAMPER/PIV SWITCHES 16/2 FPLR A NAC (NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUIT) AUDIBLE/VISUAL DEVICES (HORNS/STROBES) 14/2 FPLR B FAC (FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR CIRCUIT) FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR 16/4 FPLR C MULTIPLE CABLES AS LISTED - AS LISTED ACCE-wwED EWithout Comments As Notea in Rei -.1 O Per The Attacneu Letter These plans have been reviewed D4 The Tukwila Fire 'ention Bureau {or conformance te- current City -,wards Acce} _a -ye ib subject to errors and 05sions which 17c luthorize violations of adopted -ndards and ore =ries The responsibI ty for the -2guacy of des -- totally with the des;gner - dicions, delet1 l -s - sions to these drawings after c its date void VOiO fir ,c-eptance and will require a resubmittal of revised d -z Ings for subsequent approval Final accepta-ice Is s,,lbject to field test and Inspection by The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau 1 Date �� �' A> By /Vim-� ,S t TUKWILA, WA 17300 SOUTHCENTER PKWY TUKWILA, WA 98188 RED ROBIN - GOURMET BURGERS AND BREWS 17300 SOUTHCENTER PKWY T 206 575 8382 www redrobin com mac- Drim tont Fine Hareem 1Hanagern ent LLC QA SET KEY PLAN 3 NOTICE A completed, signed, Ttwwtla Fire Department Pre-test Certificate must be presented to the Inspector prior to _ cornmencem,ac ;t of Acceptance anyrr=` '1 !am-) ,_- ina "` ...- a - , d fe 'FTIElmti(ir, Oi tt e testing l & - 1.1414-4-,h) c7K,vtccs 4o 0- ,\d5- FA- ?41w,, 6-4N5 Oa. A-95 o'. dsdTGw t-1vcA/4-W/ b cq1 i-11A444k Clow.( TIAINIL. FIRE DEPARTMENT - Pease all 206-5754407 and gsve this Fire Perm t No. and exact addiress for shut - own or r t tj approvat. PAID JAM 29 2016 _ TUKWILA FIRE - cc t€ Ze— DATE DESCRIPTION OWNER APPROVAL 12 22 15 QA SET AS -BUILT ISSUE PM REID SAARIO DRAWN B F M - 12 22 2015 LEGEND, NOTES AND DETAILS FA 0.1 MASTER SET 00002000 E: H:\bFINISTUNE FikE & SAFETY\kEC) ROBIN (SOUTHCEN HCEN FEF E: 1%21/2016 4:24 PM COOLER STORAGE 15CD REMOTE ANSUL ABOVE CEILING PREP. (;CD 30CD KITCHEN .1—T—t-1—t--t—[, J nn aLL°? i ! n II II II kin sin 1-k II II 11 u u u n II Lk us II, u ___ , , 1 II , if, 1 u I t t 15CD HALLWAY FAMILY DINING 105B F-2TC ca EXPO 109 15CD 0 A WOMEN —1r n n n II II II us Lk 11 `n 11 I II II LI u u F-2TC CO V) 0 U_ HALL 106 15CD COOLER J FAMILY DINING 105A ml 01 F -30S B n n n II II II • 11 11 II 11 u u u T (.7) 0 Nf EHE I —H—,L L L F -30D B F -30S B —' F-2TC L bid r 7 CO 1 r T CO • W oo 01 ('7 I u1 F-30SB F-30SB 0 ,=f1.1.11.11.11.11.[ CO 0 0 al rr 7/ MI OD MEM IN II IN MI ao i ,;!0!„(20 ....,1/ If Wn7 r T co 0 CO L BAR / LOUNGE 103 110CD PATIO 101 Wor L iS II II 11 h k� *At N SCOPE OF WORK 4 / O W. F -30D B 48S$ —/ —11 II II 11 11 L �I 396_ F-48SB F-4TC F-48DB GATHERING DINING 104 F-4TC F-48DB 30CD V) 00 LL - 15CD LOBBY 1(2 102 0 CO L — -- 1 co 0 U 1- CO CO1 !J S 43 J Au, 1-4. PLAN NORTH PAO 42 � a - CC Pier — TUKWILA, WA. 17300 SOUTHCENTER PKWY. TUKWILA, WA. 98188 RED ROBIN GOURMET BURGERS AND BREWS 17300 SOUTHCENTER PKWY. T: 206.575.8382 www.redrobin.com rim. tr.ini Flaw SietTe,ry Mw)egement LLC QA SET KEY PLAN 1 A DATE DESCRIPTION OWNER APPROVAL 12.22.15 QA SET AS -BUILT ISSUE PM: REID SAARIO DRAWN: B.F.M. 12.22.2015 OVERALL FLOOR PLAN FA 1.0 aLL°? i ! I I I 1 1 1 1 I I l 1 l 1 l I I I I 1 1 '--In n II Lk us II, u ___ , , 1 II , if, 1 u I t t I i , I 1 u I___ __:_j I u; , II u l n I I II u____,,,,__ L_ _.,,,, .... , 0 A WOMEN —1r n n n II II II us Lk 11 `n 11 I II II LI u u F-2TC CO V) 0 U_ HALL 106 15CD COOLER J FAMILY DINING 105A ml 01 F -30S B n n n II II II • 11 11 II 11 u u u T (.7) 0 Nf EHE I —H—,L L L F -30D B F -30S B —' F-2TC L bid r 7 CO 1 r T CO • W oo 01 ('7 I u1 F-30SB F-30SB 0 ,=f1.1.11.11.11.11.[ CO 0 0 al rr 7/ MI OD MEM IN II IN MI ao i ,;!0!„(20 ....,1/ If Wn7 r T co 0 CO L BAR / LOUNGE 103 110CD PATIO 101 Wor L iS II II 11 h k� *At N SCOPE OF WORK 4 / O W. F -30D B 48S$ —/ —11 II II 11 11 L �I 396_ F-48SB F-4TC F-48DB GATHERING DINING 104 F-4TC F-48DB 30CD V) 00 LL - 15CD LOBBY 1(2 102 0 CO L — -- 1 co 0 U 1- CO CO1 !J S 43 J Au, 1-4. PLAN NORTH PAO 42 � a - CC Pier — TUKWILA, WA. 17300 SOUTHCENTER PKWY. TUKWILA, WA. 98188 RED ROBIN GOURMET BURGERS AND BREWS 17300 SOUTHCENTER PKWY. T: 206.575.8382 www.redrobin.com rim. tr.ini Flaw SietTe,ry Mw)egement LLC QA SET KEY PLAN 1 A DATE DESCRIPTION OWNER APPROVAL 12.22.15 QA SET AS -BUILT ISSUE PM: REID SAARIO DRAWN: B.F.M. 12.22.2015 OVERALL FLOOR PLAN FA 1.0 • J • - - • I At:).-c; Ex45T4-3..1 8 v-1ET ,r C I- f U A ( ( 11 f i ,i'>\iy ( illI 441 1 I 1 Ex tj:› R031rJ EX. CoN19UTe1= E -...-..E-...-. laov:E I . --r. 114`47 'EYE? Ey..... it ‘41,.......11, t/1J1.21.4.. -rF.•JA.ST 1 F -x C.v`_nY.1,I te.+>,r.4 Ex. eEti:IsMArJ,j 2_,,,6it.=rll,E Ex .r.lALl�FA?L..Q- TO GO cu.. AMe_Q.IGAS 6..t'51' Ems-. cIITUE)_ -91-AQ•5 l d� 9,E, t A415 ti,14c. OP• IGLoG14.4 Uw1L4MtTc� tfl �1 I 4 i . A , ,, r I v ( Ir 11.1 } Oil W 1 ktd t I It l -O J Cs J 2a,a�trlELtt, -Mg' - , - - '3-2 tAw1 ie.€ - - - N '/� 2rc 3 r� VZ! yb� - - - - - - -``-" - 3 - - - - - - '�' - - - -- - - - 3 - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - = 1 14 - `/ _ - - - - - - --r- - - 612E ( -- -•-- - --- - - -- - - ---r - - - -- _ o all -Ili:, "1 is =1 L -It 2. 'i/„ 4. -,z-£s I I _� 9 ..+ 141 i / s , NI !{ s� -� t11�e NI as t -4LJew , , I 9_ - -- 14 , : - ; r a•- - - -�.-rte' --�. i�- - 5t''�t.. -a.- - t.- �•� 4-1 -- -- i"� ��ar--i•-e.'.-�. T tri -1.0 -r-/- -•(irl-�ti- 4rtJ- r ^ems- -1,-c.��.-L-i,_V�-qtr----��0-----Cr-e:i- �...- --gyp,-: 41E4.. -J C.w0?•( To rATC-.1 �c1ST • h •0 0 0 -0 o 1'1LJbr 40 40-0 40 •a 4c -o 40 •o 40-0 EA..tTl 4(.4 b 14 1 4 De.-( F EX. R€ 14031J • 26 x11r'IE(-1-i, 1E,G ti 0 3 1Z -b 1i y -G ffri 'co ZL tr . G�th7UTEZ- p,f..tAl}��.,lL� Of- yLOGIG'e) Oi r • - - - - - - - - - - -'-- - r .- - - -1 - - i • 134.-0 11= Ext Dailu1 E. t--170Z I=I 7✓R.. u.t.ZS -r es -a^ 40-0 - - --i r !. - - 4. G2. 4S. Cu-. �EL1:T•r3ta £) ajGT yN�EiZ P.T. Ir Iwo W 4 Tta / 1 v'at. (a ZooJG.D ovTLtT t X•S-r ,.J -0 ti Tt ..1 A W 0 0 W 3-b a1 1 - s -b\ 14-•� E yl ? D\ -1 .4-0 E 1 41, vow I (2, •1b I r IT - tV-G fix. �J�.1y �■2 MF -TeX. 11I „ISL s 1 - ISI t. 4 aQ W n % u! 1L t h 1, , , v -o \t 3.0 -IJ 1 -5.41 PIPE DETA%L 4A Y. 4O 10 - < -4 4 5 - -rl- - -1.- e.- -.I. � TE+..A JT t Z• 33 3 -,I -/h- 0 0- 14� 1 ZL z. 3 3 3 4 II - -11 F-- -•-+I -t>- - - i I, - It It t'10 --7C1-1 L1.JE- - SA=E ?LA.•1 /1 exj vt 3l 15-44- ti'- -It - 4 1/4 11� 4 -,I- 6-277-1 4 A a`S • E N E. / ti - .4 ; \ • Ec»ST. -Gas - G -Le LTv') dads 1n E 0 L ,; ,� 1�4 i. z lL Z IL Z L - J lJ-C tri -C. 10-0 10-J 10.0 44..0 [F Y - O L T i 4 4-0 4 --1- L 11. 10- O 1 4 1L i. d Z Q Z t. 1/ Z 11. Z • 10.0 10-0 10.0 W-0 „ V-0 10 J ..(1° %i I-.. 11 Zy' a Z. 1y7 � Z w Z IL , / , , / �' 14_� U 10 po -0 Io -o 0 . 10-O v 1 C.._' 44-4---4 -ler -4}1 10 4o•a 3 - Irl- - t t ( 3 it. z.. - - -'1 3 3 s1. zL - 14- ti d t 10 -O tL 4.z -0 10'0 1 0-O 14-O S � 1 t ova -et -)1L -D Ex. cxr".-pJ LVL,t.>c c 7 L. c. �rlh�L?A7r�- TO GAO -- -CO -<-c,- --i4q.--- - 1�-- .•-:• I=1 fcl 40 40.0 --I,---.L--�1.- 00 14 0 / O - O 1 - -•Il- - - 1,- -L _I t• L to -O i v %0-U 10-C. 11. • 1.0 40•01* -r11- -�I�- -F t,1 A1.1 T 111 - 0'o l t“ I W A 11441 - - La 'LA et 4 44Z - - 44.40 0 40-0 0 0 0 •a 1= Ex. .4rne_¢14�S 8t'N .-,-. - -:,- - -•7-.-i- - -.--?- -..;, i_ �'v-:•- --.,-' _-ir- -s - 4--', Qty -►2T iA 1 L 3U i L Th -1 L FLo0K Pv\J 44- 1=1- 1=1 - .* $L -OG ? 13••` t 3 : S%., LA 4 ►! E`( PLA►J 4.1 E�\.i-r .Jtt-�..1+✓-T >� (.. 1'�iz.-f Q17�4-5 1.1 f ‘444..L. .91 ,-- 1 1 i. .--. 1 1 ‘i :,.. i 1 „ , -1-.1. 1 ..„ 2. 111 C2e-.4.1 - 6 4 ia ACCEPTED Without Comments As Noted In Red Per The Attached Letter These plans have been reviewed by The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau for conformance with current city standards. Acceptance is subject to errors and ::nissions which do not authorize violations of adopted .:amdards and ordinances. The responsibility for thei; 1.1,1Mcy-of 'design -mists totally -With -the designer, -I, :Iditions, deletions or revisions to these drawings after date will void thisacceptance and will require a asutrnittal of revised drawings for subsequent approval. "inal acceptance is subject to field test and inspectioh by Tukwil Fire Prevention Burea Date: By: Please call: 575-4407 and give this job and exact address for shut- down or restoration approval. u HANGER LEGEND OP U HOCK 13 COACH SCREW -ROD D BM. CLAMP IN/ "STRAP E EYELET F FLUSH SHELL G CEILING FLANGE H SIDE BEAM BRACKET K SHORT CLIP M ALL THREAD ROD N TOGGLE NUT P POWDER DRIVEN STUD R EXPANSION BOLT S PIPE SPIKE ' FITTING LEGEND .• r PLAIN tND Fri MING. SN GROOM) SHAPED NiPPLE" TSN 'THREADED SHAPED N:PPLE - WAY EARTHQUAKE BRACE STRUCTURE TO • CENTER UNE OF R:PE • chi INCHES SPRINKLER LEGEND ORIFICE- SIZES. ANa TYPE /2 17 3/4" 3 7 SIDEwALL - DRY TYPE STATE C::RTIFICATION1 TEt-.4P RATING 03 2" ( 1/2 APPROVAL REQUIRED SPRINKLER HEADS USED TYPE , TOTAL QuA,Ty CONTROL BY CATE APFROVEO FOR FABRiCATICN BY PATE GENERAL- NOTES ALL mAT,.:R,A,. AND EQUIFMEN' TO BE NEW .ANC t.ISTED OR F1.4 APPROvEQ. PIPING DiktENSiONS. ARE CENTER TO CENTER ExCEV RISERS'.AND-ONENSIONS SHOwN THuSLY (1-.6) wHIGH ARE END TO "END.- PiPE HANGERS 'ANC -METHOD Oir HANGING TO' 8E IN ,:,CCOROANCE NFPA PAMPHLET NO.- 13, APPLICABLE EDITION, • '' 5 PIPING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH •NFFA .A1.1F14'41..- NO% 14., APPLiCAEU ED:Tic-pa 6 JOINING CF PIPE ANC FiTTINGS. THREADED & WELDED-. ShA%_t_ BE IN .ACCORCANCE 7 OWNER TC PROvIDE ADEOL,ATE HEAT IN AREAS PROTECTED BY A WE SYSTEM TO PREVENT WATER IN PIPES cROm FREEZ,NG_ 8 ALL CF ELECTRiCA_ DEVICES (IF REQUIRED) TO BE PROViDED Riji: SPRINKLER ., DESIGN CRITERIA PIPE NOTES REVISIONS NO CATE - BY CONTRACT WITH: FROACT NAME: FIRE PROTECTION • DESIGNER t-tc..gge-tAiani SHEET • 0- '1 -0 nl .0 I .0 t Erl CA. -i ?( CE{L.-14r ��- 11/1.7C+1 CKtST -0 0 _ ,•IJta -4 J 4 0 Ex. RE -D Ro31.J N �t Zi N.40EC,tt•TEx ' 7, o C • 0 -Co ---1•.-��- CAaoT" E.-+3 F2•k.++� - t. ,.. Car- VPL TEF. Ri.+-t �IjSrrIGE , O,t GI•-OG1<4 Ex• .5T,r-_iL- Dk0'1 Eta+7 1Jt 1.t? U�-{Lr�.Te:TJ CI t EY1iT t..l u1 C4,-xoP1 ck.alck E¢ti 7a ¢ ^^64 40 0 t sip.. 40 14'1 v e 111• ,1_v W r:..J.� •.i t 3s 2.4-a W 1'I f_ It -o r Fo„ ~; i j MI f'1►e I -tb , I _ I _.,... W -•`1 Q W 4 L -it x / 1 n E � •_i_ g_o (v ti. -0/ �R 1 Az_ Hurl TcE fear G. -a F) 1,1c -"F <I � IF 1'1 qi o av 4. 40-0 3 • X_. P.M c..2.-14,42"7 e- `IT 40-0 Fes- cu -Tu Q -E '9T^Z-'5 10 ---(.-- . -----iP-.---a)--•ter\.- --.,--�)--.,a•�-11---an�� --1�-- :'-♦ er w E _ 13.0 3.04-d Ak //i (n4�3 A 41 5 4 (� .. 4 1-7c TCG - ZC.o-re-.O PIPE DETAtL P." ya,1-0 4-)-v 0 - O I -C 40 i,`.>- --��- ?A-ZTIJ• 1 L 3L!IILDk1t 1 FLaoK PU-1.1 y1; = I' -o 40 -0; l4 T..5 4 - Et_ EI -S n.JT I'4 _ - • 1114 (_ 4- 31 1 t. 154•Y 3. 3 ITO 4 .- 3 ('-- 3 -'El -3 --1 4 11 - 4 -'I 4ill 1 4 ,j,- 4 -1,-4-4_1..-:,,,___ n z`e 3 3 3 4 - LE -1.5•E. LL. e.LAS; (-r ?) 1 L L L.) 1 1L 10-[J 11 - CO • 14 u - i _ r - 1`z. u - 10-0 0 ,0-0 '003' 4 1i 0 0•0 0 0 10-0 1.. 10- 11. J • • 2La 4 .-al* 4.'i 4 er D s - /.r t L a t0 -V Z tt 0 O •0 /1"- 1-11_ t PAIS Z. \t/ tit 4-1-7\ 4 2. 4-0 Z - 10-0 2. LL •r T v e T /iv 10-0 U -44: q v%ArCI1 L1. --1E - PLFNI---1 z. (.-d 1• L e. 10- 0 2. i.0 L/ 1r-0 0 z. - 3 zy a _3 3 if.z>. -a 10.0 L. 0 17 - kL tL ♦L Q 0 1 ( i 3 L 3 m' 2L - -{p tz. O. 1Z.. l- / �y ►0-0 L 10-0 I • L 10-0 t / tC-0 0 10./0 0 14/a its to -0 ♦ 10-0 gin 7 a- .s LL i♦ tr ,- C C -O 0 rel -1 ---1.- - - --ri - to -0 1'- --1'- --•1'- 1.1- se I,- se 11- •1y 0 f 0 i ‘0-0 to -s.3 10-d 14 is 1L, i. % _ u. f t / 0 10 ,r,_a 14 19.0 C)1:1-01 a1 -o1 • 4.-• a {0.0 ♦ -0 - p 1 ,11 ,1, -1,- 0 1 tw - -•h- - -^I Jim E 1R•O 4�e •• 0 -T • c E A 1' SIS it t E Z. ' L 1 /./ b \o -c0, -] , 1-0 v T ii 1D-0 -% 0 Z- 11- 51.1 t✓ L toti4i t -,,E.; -(EE 1-- c.x 45 T. LbL Gt_�(..T'tP) _. '•••• t}. ♦ 0 10-0 1, ty K1 Z 10- 0 0 1.- a -D t 1 ry 14 0 ,0-t3 C 1.0 4 T Et.1- 0 '0- -0 L Z ti / -D - 10 ▪ 1,4 isS 0 4,1 r14 - 1 T .91 1- 1. ci 5-0 2/81 14 • 0 31 IA 2-41 - si 131 ACCEPTED As Noted In Red I 0 Per The Attached Letter I These plans have been reviewed by The Tukwila Fire 1 Prevention Bureau for conformance with current city !Tina! acceptance is suboct to field test and in§_pection by standards. Acceptance is subject to errors and - omissions which do not authorize violations of adopted standards and ordinances. The responsibility for the I, , ,A ;cis: lqbu:i t tya lo of fd reesvigisnedredsrtaswtointagIslyfowritshuthbseedgeuseingnt aepr.pro4. ; Attliitittls, deletions or revisions to these drawings after, .:s date wilt void this acceptance and will require a 1 I ! Date: 7 qg By• 5-' uy Please call: 575-4407 and give this job / 3 ••'/' z;%. ""72.1. 2. N • - EL7c,I 4 KEY VLAN.1 1S0 rir BUILDWG- • HANGER LEGEND B COACH SCREW ROD D BM. CLAMP W/ "STRAP E EYELET F FLUSH SHELL G CEILING FLANGE H SIDE BEAM BRACKET K SHORT CLIP r.4 ALL THREAD ROD N TOGGLE NUT P POWDER DRIVEN STUD R EXPANSION BOLT PIPE SPIKE FITTING LEGEND • PIPE -0--LET • PLAIN END r,T MING Sh GROOVED SHAPED NIPPLE TSN THPEACED SHAPED NiPPLE - 2 - WAY EARTHQUAKE BRACE - 4 - WAY EARTHQUAKE BRACE CM, STRUCTURE TO CENTER LINE OF FiPE 'N INCHES SPRINKLER LEGEND Lel SPRINKLER ORIFICE SIZES AND TYPE 0 e. LaJ 11) 16 -8 SPRAY 1/2' 17 32 SPRAY 3/4" SiDEwALL DRY TYPE 0 • STATE CERTIFICATION TDAP RATING 165* 212' 3501 /2" 1/2" cc (11 1/2' APPROVAL REQUIRED SPRINKLER HEADS USED 5'2E SZE FINISH FiNiSH 17 TOTAL 12-9 APF ROVED FOR FABRICA'IGN BY CATE GENERAL NOTES ALL AND EOLIF MEN,' TO BE NEW ANC UL 1.ISTE0 OR FM APPROVED. PIPING DIMENSIONS ARE CENTER TO CENTER EXCEPT RISERS ANC DIMENSIONS SHOWN 71-1u5,Y (1 6) w-41cH ARE ENO TO ENO. NEPA PAF.40H,ET No 13. APPLICABLE EDiT:CN • PIPE -IANGERS ANC NETHOC. OF HANGING TO 8E t14 ACCORDANCE WITPI 5 PIPING SmALL BE 1P.1 ACCORDANCE WITH NEPA 'AANFHLET NO. +3. APPLiCABLE EDtTICN wirm NEPA PAmPmLET NO 13, APPL CABLE EDITION 7 OWNER TC PROV,DE ADEQLA-E HEAT IN AREAS PRCTECTED BY A WET P,n. SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO PREVENT WATER IN PIPES rROm FREELNG. a At., WIRING CF ELECTRICA_ DEVICES OF REQUIRED) TO BE IRCvIDED By o By 011 -1E -E'S - DESIGN CRITERIA PIPE NOTES REVISIONS NO CATE BY OESCRIPTiON CONTRACT WITH: FILE FROJEC7 NAME; 10T le@EV.7r. FIRE PROTECTION JUN 2 199P SHEET DATE JOB NC. 2 OF • 4-\ 1) AXIM CA.4 E•GJCc To t1A1C.( d-tIS'r • y-. 3/3 0 r‘ 4 '0 to "I Lot. J 0 r1 -d -_ o t 1'4 v -Gid b•0 . ex. RED �o31..1 Zs ... t-4EG1-k. -(EC tip _r _ 4 0. c Cot•+,?uTEZ 40-0 -t f- ,l CaaDt•( t=_a� Fa �•nE -0- 3- - 4o'-0 1-1km- trt. lE - SEE tom, - A eAO'/rr. Ext CA.1O7-1 aPR.uZ►..EQ.`1 To "-Eel A.6J 40 • v t�l✓'T �F-,ILP 9., I 4c - 4G 0 C'! ....IE. -T.' c pc-( • -r 3 z' N Q ' W 1L - It ;L -o 1 •' 1 t :I')\y,/ C- X c../- .1 40-0 C A Z t e-G� 1 cE t �rt / �- - - W N/ C E z -E ZA-O 1„ Ex. eEl� t-t,,,e..�.t E.L i.1ALLPA7t2.- TO (.0II 3 Tta E E - - - --•- -, 4' G. 45. tw - / / (se ooLfte.0 o.�TI.ET -n w Co.4'1.) \ II ( 1 cX,sT...lc, P►PE DETAIL • A /Y'1%0 40 -O o•. Ir 1 e i e.JA.tT 3 Z>- 3 -'I- -'I - - Z:&. 2s 3 3 - -II1-- - 0 4 4 8 °3 4 /4 4 4 -,I•- I - O E ' 1 3 4 -4 4-I i° 4 4 -Ii--�-II,- --•I,- E -%s -r, Zbs - c 1'4 0-0 U 10-0 .-l.7 to -0 O d, • 0 E N E • -3.� o , 7.65 r4 E4-0 . it 3 2'• A. t• 1 11 3 3 3 s'. Vt. 1• i'--�- - -'p-- - - '1 1O -t3, to -O - D I .0 10-0 • -s 1 T /ti, e u s - t4 1,. 1L - L 1L U- Z d (� U 0 0 0 y 0 - 1O-0 _ - to -c to -0 - 10-0 to -0 6 O 14 4 :4 `:-. i L- 33. t 0. 7- y, 6 id -0 U. to -o U 10-D U to. et 10-0 3 - Z k i U G'v . Z i to•v ., 2. t• -0U t0-0 U ®- 7. U a O -O 10-0 CJ tO-0 U 10-0 t0-0 Z to- 0 tL U 1 F y 10-0 is to -0 e_ U a_ 0 1 j '- 14� 0 1o•0 jt0-a \i 1i ,o 807 i♦ y ,O- 0 U 0 - -, I, - - -,1 r- - -,Ir- 1' 1 I=t C•L. s�M�CLtLA`-� e, . PAZ -t to L_ 3U 1 L_7l►T t, 1 FLoog. PL AJ 4 • '1' -'i Y) \.Jc T i Li J,LY T, 5 4L. -o a (-4 KEY ?L_APJ - -'11- - - r, -4 _ -,1'- - 1'- 4I - -. - - -11 0 4b- - --•-1I_ - - - - -*- 8 .3I n 11 11 II I I .7,1 1' 1 9I -,I,---,i,----,i,---I, �~ -• --'I`- I I 01 -rl - -'I, - I 'I' -'I,- - -,I,- �� -1� - -' I I 1, b - -'I,- tn.1 L i- - p- - -.p - I -- -yl - - - - -41'- - -1I1- - 1' 1 1 1 _1, -ACCEPTED -11 , 1 i 11 These plans have been reviewed by The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau for conformance with current city standards; Acceptance is subject to errors and 'omissions which do not authorize violations of adopted ' • indards and ordinances. The responsibility fOr the ' tequacy of design rests totally with the designer, 'anions, deletions or revisions to these drawings a r I-.: 13 datewi#i voitith€s accipfancer and will require a iresubmittal of revised drawings for subsequent Lapprrvai. ;Final acceptance is subject to field test and insgecticn by The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. Date: 'i By:isfl 0 Without Comments As Noted In Red Per The Attached Letter .�J PAR SAL- 3U t LD IJtx 1 r LOOK PL.�.►J TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTI AENY Please call: 575.4407 and give this job No. and exact address for shut down or restoration approval. A B HANGER LEGEND J "U" HOCK COACH SCREW ROD BM. CLAMP W/ "STRAP EYELET F FLUSH SHELL CEILING FLANGE H K SIDE BEAM BRACKET SHORT CLIP M ALL THREAD ROD N TOGGLE NUT P POWDER DRIVEN STUD R EXPANSION BOLT S PIPE SPIKE T 2+c v .. 2 3'1. 1l . Y �,-t-T .. r'$.c.t -To 'A 1-1.0•••••s - f It 1) ,.1 ,.,Ls u W Y FITTING LEGEND P PIPE -0 -LET • PLAIN END FIT FITTING SN GROOVED SHAPED NIPPLE - TSN THREACED SHAPED NIPPLE 2 - WAY EARTHOuAKE BRACE 4 - WAY EARTHQUAKE BRACE STRUCTURE TO CENTER LINE OF PIPE :N INCHES SPRINKLER LEGEND SPRINKLER ORIFICE SIZES AND TYPE - V_ Z 0 2 1 C IJ '- H t/i 5 3 7 SPRAY 16 8 1E 2 1 /2' 17 3e SPRAY • 3/4" 16 2 SIDEWALL 1" DRY TYPE • STATE CERTIFICATION TEMP RATING 3gE 350' • O 2 a. 0 co 2 a. 1/2" 1" 1/2 1/2" APPROVAL REQUIRED SPRINKLER HEADS USED STY TYPE TOTAL !.etc) 0,1A,ITY CCNTRC, 2Y DATE ARFRovEG FOR FABRICAT.CN BY DATE GENERAL NOTES ALL 1.1.4":RIA.- AND EOUIF MEN- TO BE NEW ANC UL LiSTE0 OR Fm APPROVED. PIP.NC DimENSIONS. ARE CENTER TO CENTER ExcEr RISERS AND DINENSiONS SHowN THuSLT (1 6) wkICH ARE END TO END. NFPA PAmPHL ET NO. 13, APPLICABLE EDIT:CN Nif PA PAmPHEET NO. 13, APPLICABLE EDITION. PIPE HANGERS ANC mETHOD Of HANGtNG TO BE IN ACCORDANCE W1-1.1 7 OWNER To FROviDE ADEOUA7E HEAT IN AREAS PROTECTED BT A WET PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO PREVENT WATER IN PiPES 1RONI FREEZING 8 ALL WIRING CF ELECTRICA_ DEVICES OF REQUIRED) TO BE PReviD ED 9 PAIN TING OF P'PE & E0u1P0.4ENT OF REQUIRED) TC BE. PROVIDED DESIGN CRITERIA PIPE NOTES REVISIONS NO CATE Bt' DESCRIPTION CONTRACT WITH: PROJECT NAME; FILE T 101" MICREW2E' FIRE PROTECTION JUN 22 1998 „ DESIGNER SHEET DATE JOB NO. 2 OF F P2 til„)) FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SHEET # SHEET \DEX FA -01 SYSTE v \FOVAT O\ FA -02 FLOOR LA\ - FRE ALA v 8c CALCULAT O\S SHEET INDEX FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS MODIFICATIONS FOR HOOD SYSTEM INTERFACE AND STROBE, ADDING BACK THREE MANUAL PULL STATIONS AND ONE NEW STROBE FOR THE STORAGE ROOM SCOPE OF WORK QUANTITY E E 1 1 3 E E E E SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MODEL MANUFACTURER BACKBOX MOUNTING HEIGHT FACP E FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL (EXISTING) FC922 SIEMENS EXISTING 66" A.F.F. TO TOP APS E REMOTE BOOSTER POWER SUPPLY (EXISTING) BPS6A EST EXISTING 66" A.F.F. TO TOP FIRE ALARM STROBE (NEW) SW SYSTEM SENSOR 4S BOX 80" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM N FIRE ALARM STROBE (NEW) SCW SYSTEM SENSOR 4S BOX CEILING HTRI-S N SINGLE INPUT INTERFACE MODULE (NEW) HTRI-S SIEMENS 4S BOX VERIFY LOCATION IN FIELD ON ADDRESSABLE MANUAL PULL STATION (NEW) HMS -D SIEMENS 4S DEEP IN/ 1G RING 48" A.F.F. TO CENTER E FIRE ALARM HORN STROBE (EXISTING) PC2W SYSTEM SENSOR EXISTING CEILING • E FIRE ALARM STROBE (EXISTING) SCW SYSTEM SENSOR EXISTING CEILING SE FIRE ALARM HORN STROBE (EXISTING) P2W SYSTEM SENSOR EXISTING 80" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM SMOKE DETECTOR O2 ADDRESSABLE (EXISTING) OP921 W/ SIEMENS DB -1 1 BASE EXISTING CEILING END -OF -LINE RESISTOR VERIFY LOCATION IN FIELD E EXISTING DEVICE N/A N/A N/A N/A A.F.F. ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR N/A N/A N/A N/A F.B.O. FURNISHED BY OTHERS N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A NOT APPLICABLE N/A N/A N/A N/A SYMBOLS / LEGEND WIRF SCHEDLE A \D CO\D IT ELL_ C HART FOR SIEMENS SYSTEM: DO NOT INSTALL ADDRESSABLE INITIATING DEVICES UNTIL PREPROGRAMMED WITH DEVICES ADDRESS. 1 \UMBERS ADJACENT TO DEVICE SYM3OL DE\OTE DEVICE CIRCUIT/ADDRESS DEVICE 1-02 WOULD E THE SECOND DEVICE 0\ ADDRESSA3LE LOOP 1. 2. DETECTOR A\D AUDI3LE CIRCUIT POLARITY SHALL 3E 03SERVED. 3. AUDIBLE VISUAL CIRCJIT WIRING IS SUPERVISED. NO PARALLEL BRANCHING IS PERMISSI3LE 4. INSTALLATION SHALL 3E IN STRICT CONFORVANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE, \FPA 72, LOCAL CODE(S), AND/OR AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 5. I\STALLATIO\ v1ATERIALS (LE. CONDUIT, WIRE, FITTI\GS, HANGERS, STA\DARD 30XES, FI3ER OPTICS CA3LE, FITTINGS, AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT) ARE NOT SUPPLIED 3Y SIEvIE\S CER3ERUS DIVISIO\ 6. DETECTORS SHALL \OT 3E v10U\TED I\ DIRECT AIR STREAM OF AIR SUPPLY OUTLETS. PH \FPA 72 2-3.5.1 7. WIRI\G SHALL 3E PER PLA\ WITH RESPECT TO CO\DUCTOR SIZE, (Sc OR CABLE HAY, TYPE, QUA\TITY AND COLOR CODE. CO\DUCTORS SHALL BE PERMANENTLY, AND UNIQUELY MAR'CED FOR FUTURE IDENTIFICATION. 8. INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL RETURN ONE SET OF ACCURATELY MARKED DRAWINGS FOR "AS 3JILT" PURPOSES. 9. FOR ADDITIO\AL I\STALLATION I\STRUCTIO\S, REFER TO CATALOG CUT SHEETS AND/OR I\STALLATION INSTRUCTIO\S. 10. THE 120vac POWER ELECTRICAL WOR< SUPPLYI\G FRE ALARvI SYSTEM PA` ELS MUST COMPLY WITH ARTICLE 725 AND 760 OF \FPA 70, N.E.C. A\D \FPA 72, SPECIFICALLY SECTIO\ 1-5.2.5.2: IN REFERENCE TO DEDICATED 3RA\CH POWER SOURCES. 120vac POWER SHALL \OT 3E APPLIED TO FIRE ALARM PA\EL WITHOUT DIRECT SUPERVISIO OF FIRE ALARvI TECH\ICIA\. 11. ALL HORN/STR03E AND STRO3E DEVICES SHALL BE MOUNTED AT A HEIGHT OF 80" A.F.F. OR 6" 3ELOW DROPPED CEILING, WHICHEVER IS LESS. 12. ALL MANUAL PULL STATIONS SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 48" A.F.F. TO THE ACTIVATIO\ DEVICE. 13. ALL PANEL \UV3ERS AND CIRCUITS WILL 3E 0\ THE RECORD DRAWI\GS SET. 14. ALL 120VAC CIRCUITS ARE ROM DEDICATED CIRCUITS FROM THE Ely GE\ERATOR. ERGENCY 15. PER NEPA 72 SECTIO\ 5-3.6.1.3 DETECTORS SHALL NOT 3E I\STALLED U\TIL AFTER THE CO\STRUCTIO\ CLEA\-UP OF ALL HADES IS COMPLETE A\D FI\AL. EXCEPTIO\: WHERE REQUIRED 3Y THE AUTHORITY HAVI\G JURISDICTION FOR PROTECTIO\ DURI\G CO\STRUCTIO\. DETECTORS THAT HAVE BEEN INSTALLED PRIOR TO FINAL CLEAN-UP BY ALL TRADES SHALL BE CLEANED OR REPLACED I\ ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 72 CHAPTER 7. 16. WIRING SHALL RU\ CO\TINUOUS FROM FACP TO FIRST DEVICE 0\ A CIRCUIT AND THEN FROM DEVICE TO DEVICE WITHOUT SPLICI\G IN PULL BOXES OR OTHER BAC< 30XES OF DIFFERENT CIRCUITS. 17. ALL WIRI\G SHALL 3E METERED, VERIFIED TO 3E CONTI\UOUS, FREE OF GROUND A\D REE OF SHORTS 3ETWEE\ CO\DUCTORS A\D OTHER CIRCUITS PRIOR TO FI\AL EQUIPvE\T TRlvl. 18. ALL CA3LES SHALL 3E NAR ED AS I\DICATED 0\ FIRE ALA PERMA\ENT LA3EL AT ALL DEVICES, JUNCTIO\ 3OXES AND M RISER WITH A FACP. 19. THE ELECTRICAL CO\TRACTOR SHALL CLEAN ALL DIRT AND DE3RIS ROM THE OUTSIDE AND INSIDE OF THE FRE ALARM BAC< 30XES A\D JU\CTION BOXES AFTER COMPLETIO\ OF THEIR INSTALLATIO\. 20. DETECTORS MUST 3E RATED FOR TEMPERATURE IN THE ENVIRO\HENT IN IT IS LOCATED. 21. ALL WIRI\G BETWEE\ FLOORS SHALL BE LOCATED IN CONDUIT. WHICH EXISTING OH921 SMOKE DETECTOR CEILING -\\ TILE 22 O O KITCHEN HOOD $ J TYPICAL WIRING DETAIL SUPPORT BRIDGE 4S BOX CEILING STROBE OR HORN STROBE STROBE MOUNTING (DROP CEILING) HARD LID CEILING SUPPORT BRIDGE 4S BOX CEILING STROBE OR HORN STROBE STROBE MOUNTING (HARD LID) m1/ HMS -D MANUAL PULL STATION STROBE 80" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM TO NEXT FIELD DEVICE 4S BOX HMS -D MANUAL PULL STATION 4" SQUARE DEEP BACK BOX WITH 1G TRIM RING 48" A.F.F. TO CENTER HORN/STROBE, STROBE & MANUAL PULL STATION MOUNTING DETAILS ❑ Without Com - E As Notal in F' d 0 Per Tile Attachc-j Attach:;Letter dans have tr a :n reviewed by T 2. Tukwila Fire .r,tion Bureau r,...-_ .`ormanc' .n current City ::-:dards. Accept.: sLbjeci to rors and 'ons which do n`> `r,�r ize v;o }:�I;r of adopted . Jar and ordin ar'I:e:5 The resp n; b y for the {`saucy of dieS'•`;'r rests .Jtai y v4 1 the d r''er. ci._letir or revisiO-,s to lr ; drawings after ,te vv!:! 1 ;ld tr.t, acceptance 31d ,9! require a .d _ - '.alt'45,f:.f S 4 -.--{H terii apprav a I. _,na! accept,. k:'to field test anti inspection b 3 ne Tukwila Bureau. Date: /D.-/1-% 1 I v: Fire Permit Number To I=is_ fl c i of IS ca:1 206-575-4407 EXPIRES 09/01/2020 LLI (13 e Nal I Cal SO., SEATTLE, WASHINGTON LU a cn FAX (206) 628-4990 TEL. (206) 622-6545 0 5 J f J )J J J a> N • 2aaaaaj REV. BY: WISE DESIG\ATIO\ SYMBOL DESCRIPTION NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS SIZE TYPE COLOR CODE D S P I DATA LINE - ADDRESSABLE LOOP TWISTED PAIR WITH SHIELD #16 FPLP RED (JACKET) STROBE CIRCUIT TWO #14 FPLP RED (JACKET) DEVICE POWER (24VDC) TWO #14 FPLP RED (JACKET) INITIATION CIRCUIT TWO #16 FPLP RED (JACKET) DESCRIPTION SHOP DRAWINGS CO\DUIT FILL CHAT NO. OF CONDUCTORS VOLTS WIRE SIZE TYPE DIMENSIONS AREA TWO 600V #12 AWG THHN/THWN .244 O.D. .0467 TWO 600V #14 AWG THHN/THWN TWISTED .210 O.D. .0346 TWO CONDUCTOR 300V #18 AWG FPL TW CABLE .156 O.D. .0191 CONDUIT FILL CALCULATE THE TOTAL AREA OF THE WIRE BEING RUN IN THE CONDUIT FROM THE TABLE ABOVE. CHOOSE THE SIZE OF CONDUIT BASED ON THE MAXIMUM FILL DIMENSION FROM THE TABLE BELOW THAT DOES NOT EXCEED THE TOTAL AREA OF THE WIRE. CONDUIT SIZE MAXIMUM FILL 1/2" .12 SQUARE INCH 3/4" .21 SQUARE INCH 1" .34 SQUARE INCH 1-1/4" .60 SQUARE INCH 1-1/2" .82 SQUARE INCH 2" 1.34 SQUARE INCH FIGURES ARE BASED ON 40% CONDUIT FILL AND ARE TAKEN FROM N.E.C., CHP. 9, TABLE 4. FOR SIEMENS SYSTEM: DO NOT INSTALL ADDRESSABLE INITIATING DEVICES UNTIL PREPROGRAMMED WITH DEVICES ADDRESS. 1 \UMBERS ADJACENT TO DEVICE SYM3OL DE\OTE DEVICE CIRCUIT/ADDRESS DEVICE 1-02 WOULD E THE SECOND DEVICE 0\ ADDRESSA3LE LOOP 1. 2. DETECTOR A\D AUDI3LE CIRCUIT POLARITY SHALL 3E 03SERVED. 3. AUDIBLE VISUAL CIRCJIT WIRING IS SUPERVISED. NO PARALLEL BRANCHING IS PERMISSI3LE 4. INSTALLATION SHALL 3E IN STRICT CONFORVANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE, \FPA 72, LOCAL CODE(S), AND/OR AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 5. I\STALLATIO\ v1ATERIALS (LE. CONDUIT, WIRE, FITTI\GS, HANGERS, STA\DARD 30XES, FI3ER OPTICS CA3LE, FITTINGS, AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT) ARE NOT SUPPLIED 3Y SIEvIE\S CER3ERUS DIVISIO\ 6. DETECTORS SHALL \OT 3E v10U\TED I\ DIRECT AIR STREAM OF AIR SUPPLY OUTLETS. PH \FPA 72 2-3.5.1 7. WIRI\G SHALL 3E PER PLA\ WITH RESPECT TO CO\DUCTOR SIZE, (Sc OR CABLE HAY, TYPE, QUA\TITY AND COLOR CODE. CO\DUCTORS SHALL BE PERMANENTLY, AND UNIQUELY MAR'CED FOR FUTURE IDENTIFICATION. 8. INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL RETURN ONE SET OF ACCURATELY MARKED DRAWINGS FOR "AS 3JILT" PURPOSES. 9. FOR ADDITIO\AL I\STALLATION I\STRUCTIO\S, REFER TO CATALOG CUT SHEETS AND/OR I\STALLATION INSTRUCTIO\S. 10. THE 120vac POWER ELECTRICAL WOR< SUPPLYI\G FRE ALARvI SYSTEM PA` ELS MUST COMPLY WITH ARTICLE 725 AND 760 OF \FPA 70, N.E.C. A\D \FPA 72, SPECIFICALLY SECTIO\ 1-5.2.5.2: IN REFERENCE TO DEDICATED 3RA\CH POWER SOURCES. 120vac POWER SHALL \OT 3E APPLIED TO FIRE ALARM PA\EL WITHOUT DIRECT SUPERVISIO OF FIRE ALARvI TECH\ICIA\. 11. ALL HORN/STR03E AND STRO3E DEVICES SHALL BE MOUNTED AT A HEIGHT OF 80" A.F.F. OR 6" 3ELOW DROPPED CEILING, WHICHEVER IS LESS. 12. ALL MANUAL PULL STATIONS SHALL BE MOUNTED AT 48" A.F.F. TO THE ACTIVATIO\ DEVICE. 13. ALL PANEL \UV3ERS AND CIRCUITS WILL 3E 0\ THE RECORD DRAWI\GS SET. 14. ALL 120VAC CIRCUITS ARE ROM DEDICATED CIRCUITS FROM THE Ely GE\ERATOR. ERGENCY 15. PER NEPA 72 SECTIO\ 5-3.6.1.3 DETECTORS SHALL NOT 3E I\STALLED U\TIL AFTER THE CO\STRUCTIO\ CLEA\-UP OF ALL HADES IS COMPLETE A\D FI\AL. EXCEPTIO\: WHERE REQUIRED 3Y THE AUTHORITY HAVI\G JURISDICTION FOR PROTECTIO\ DURI\G CO\STRUCTIO\. DETECTORS THAT HAVE BEEN INSTALLED PRIOR TO FINAL CLEAN-UP BY ALL TRADES SHALL BE CLEANED OR REPLACED I\ ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 72 CHAPTER 7. 16. WIRING SHALL RU\ CO\TINUOUS FROM FACP TO FIRST DEVICE 0\ A CIRCUIT AND THEN FROM DEVICE TO DEVICE WITHOUT SPLICI\G IN PULL BOXES OR OTHER BAC< 30XES OF DIFFERENT CIRCUITS. 17. ALL WIRI\G SHALL 3E METERED, VERIFIED TO 3E CONTI\UOUS, FREE OF GROUND A\D REE OF SHORTS 3ETWEE\ CO\DUCTORS A\D OTHER CIRCUITS PRIOR TO FI\AL EQUIPvE\T TRlvl. 18. ALL CA3LES SHALL 3E NAR ED AS I\DICATED 0\ FIRE ALA PERMA\ENT LA3EL AT ALL DEVICES, JUNCTIO\ 3OXES AND M RISER WITH A FACP. 19. THE ELECTRICAL CO\TRACTOR SHALL CLEAN ALL DIRT AND DE3RIS ROM THE OUTSIDE AND INSIDE OF THE FRE ALARM BAC< 30XES A\D JU\CTION BOXES AFTER COMPLETIO\ OF THEIR INSTALLATIO\. 20. DETECTORS MUST 3E RATED FOR TEMPERATURE IN THE ENVIRO\HENT IN IT IS LOCATED. 21. ALL WIRI\G BETWEE\ FLOORS SHALL BE LOCATED IN CONDUIT. WHICH EXISTING OH921 SMOKE DETECTOR CEILING -\\ TILE 22 O O KITCHEN HOOD $ J TYPICAL WIRING DETAIL SUPPORT BRIDGE 4S BOX CEILING STROBE OR HORN STROBE STROBE MOUNTING (DROP CEILING) HARD LID CEILING SUPPORT BRIDGE 4S BOX CEILING STROBE OR HORN STROBE STROBE MOUNTING (HARD LID) m1/ HMS -D MANUAL PULL STATION STROBE 80" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM TO NEXT FIELD DEVICE 4S BOX HMS -D MANUAL PULL STATION 4" SQUARE DEEP BACK BOX WITH 1G TRIM RING 48" A.F.F. TO CENTER HORN/STROBE, STROBE & MANUAL PULL STATION MOUNTING DETAILS ❑ Without Com - E As Notal in F' d 0 Per Tile Attachc-j Attach:;Letter dans have tr a :n reviewed by T 2. Tukwila Fire .r,tion Bureau r,...-_ .`ormanc' .n current City ::-:dards. Accept.: sLbjeci to rors and 'ons which do n`> `r,�r ize v;o }:�I;r of adopted . Jar and ordin ar'I:e:5 The resp n; b y for the {`saucy of dieS'•`;'r rests .Jtai y v4 1 the d r''er. ci._letir or revisiO-,s to lr ; drawings after ,te vv!:! 1 ;ld tr.t, acceptance 31d ,9! require a .d _ - '.alt'45,f:.f S 4 -.--{H terii apprav a I. _,na! accept,. k:'to field test anti inspection b 3 ne Tukwila Bureau. Date: /D.-/1-% 1 I v: Fire Permit Number To I=is_ fl c i of IS ca:1 206-575-4407 EXPIRES 09/01/2020 LLI (13 e Nal I Cal SO., SEATTLE, WASHINGTON LU a cn FAX (206) 628-4990 TEL. (206) 622-6545 0 5 J f J )J J J a> N • 2aaaaaj REV. BY: DMG DESCRIPTION SHOP DRAWINGS DATE 0 >_-00 <co z��o p o z= Lim EcT) Q�� owC `EC o (/)4� 0 D VJ UJ (/) - >im j4). 'LALL: NUI IU C;ALL DRAWN BY: D. GARCIA DESIGNED BY: F. CLOSE DATE: 1 1/2 7/ 1 9 BACKROUND PLAN PROVIDED BY: t InD kil II,ADCD. 1 n 1 QR.' ' WIRE DESIGNATION GENERAL NOTES TYPICAL WIRING AND MOUNTING DETAILS Proprietary and Confidential, Copyright 2015 by Guardian Security Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved \ 1 FA -01 } SHEET SHEET WIRE DESIGNATION GENERAL NOTES TYPICAL WIRING AND MOUNTING DETAILS Proprietary and Confidential, Copyright 2015 by Guardian Security Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved \ 1 FA -01 } SHEET SHEET BATHROOM NAC COOLER 15CD NAC 15CD NAC S2 HOOD MONITOR 15CD REMOTE ANSUL ABOVE CEILING 2S NAC HTRI-S NAC S2 KITCHE PREP. 15CD NAC EXPO NAC 15CD S2 115CD NAC S2 HALLWAY NAC 'WILY DIN NG D FIRE ALARM BOOSTER POWER SUPPLY BATTERY CALCULATION i Project: RED ROBIN - SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY BACKROUND PLAN PROVIDED BY: I no MI ILIDCD• Panel: EXISTING EST BPS6 REMOTE BOOSTER POWER SUPPLY Currant Load: Date: December 9, 2019 DATE 05/10/18 Device Type 0 V LI Total Amps Total } HCP Module Module/Device Qty Standby Total Standby Alarm Total Alarm - Mali IiiiilaS (mA) NI 0 It 31 11 'tt 13 Power Module 1 1 90 90 FIRE ALARM BOOSTER POWER SUPPLY BATTERY CALCULATION i Project: RED ROBIN - SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY BACKROUND PLAN PROVIDED BY: I no MI ILIDCD• Panel: EXISTING EST BPS6 REMOTE BOOSTER POWER SUPPLY Currant Load: Date: December 9, 2019 DATE 05/10/18 Device Type Qty Amps Total Amps Total } HCP Module Module/Device Qty Standby Total Standby Alarm Total Alarm (mA) (mA) (mA) (mA) Power Module 1 90 90 190 190 0 Amps 0 A TOTAL FIRE ALARM POWER SUPPLY 90 190 B Auxiliary Device 0 0 C Notification Appliance Load (Max. Total) 0 2490 D E F G H I J K Total(A)= 90 Total(B)= 2680 CALCULATION Total current ratings of all devices in system (line A + line B + line C) 90 2680 Total current ratings converted to amperes (line D x .001) 0.09 2.68 Number of standby hours (24 or 60 per NFPA 72, Chapter 1, 1-5.2.5). 24 Multiply lines E and F Total Standby AH 2.16 Alarm sounding period in hours (5 mins+ .0833 hours) 0.0833 Multiply lines E and H Total Alarm AH 0.223244 Add lines G and I Total Standby and Alarm AH 2.383244 Multiply line J by 1.2 (20% extra insurance to meet desired performance) 2.8598928 MINIMUM BATTERY SIM RECOMMENDED 12 VDC 7.0 AK STORAGE el 4 15CD NAC HALL COOLER NAC E OFFICE 15CD Notification Appliance Circuit Detail Panel: EXISTING EST BPS6 BOOSTER POWER SUPPLY Wire Resistance 2.58 = Date: December 9, 2019 CURRENT TOTAL=. 2490.00 EX 3 EX 3 DEVICES ,9 95(1 79 2371 66: 1911 TOTAL mA= 715 14 231 23.15 715 FAMILY DINING ect F-3038 NAC S3 CO 0 BAR / LOUNGE PATIO • F-2TC 11 11 j -L F-4ic ;484' F-4.808 F-4TC N SCOPE OF WORK NAC S4 f3 GATHERING DINING NAC S4 104 CO NAC 15CD S3 LOBBY 102 21 11 01 i ti if 01 11 NAC S3 CO 0 BAR / LOUNGE PATIO • F-2TC 11 11 j -L F-4ic ;484' F-4.808 F-4TC N SCOPE OF WORK NAC S4 f3 GATHERING DINING NAC S4 104 CO NAC 15CD S3 LOBBY 102 21 11 01 FLOOR PLAN - FIRE ALARM FLAGNOTE: PROVIDE NEW MANUAL PULL STATION. ,04 DEVICES TOTAL mA= 793 14 226 23.08 793 .!Total Wire Resistance R ) 1 17 0.92 23.08 'P2W @75cd 176 176 DEVICES -.4 EX 1 DEVICES 300 :sPc2Ww @1.1150ccd 212 212 TOTAL. mA= 426 306 23.33' 426 ;Total Wire Resistance ( R Voltage Drop ( E) one 1.58 REV. BY: DMG O BACKROUND PLAN PROVIDED BY: I no MI ILIDCD• DESCRIPTION FLOOR PLAN - FIRE ALARM FLAGNOTE: PROVIDE NEW MANUAL PULL STATION. ,04 DEVICES TOTAL mA= 793 14 226 23.08 793 .!Total Wire Resistance R ) 1 17 0.92 23.08 'P2W @75cd 176 176 DEVICES -.4 EX 1 DEVICES 300 :sPc2Ww @1.1150ccd 212 212 TOTAL. mA= 426 306 23.33' 426 ;Total Wire Resistance ( R Voltage Drop ( E) one 1.58 CALCULATIONS EXPIRES 09/01/2020 Proprietary and Confidential, Copyright 2015 by Guardian Security Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved 5 ) J 71 REV. BY: DMG BACKROUND PLAN PROVIDED BY: I no MI ILIDCD• DESCRIPTION Currant Load: Standby: Alarm: DATE 05/10/18 Device Type Qty Amps Total Amps Total } HCP Module 0.0014 o 0.0014 0.0000 0.0056 Amps 0.0056 Amps CALCULATIONS EXPIRES 09/01/2020 Proprietary and Confidential, Copyright 2015 by Guardian Security Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved 5 ) J 71 REV. BY: DMG BACKROUND PLAN PROVIDED BY: I no MI ILIDCD• DESCRIPTION SHOP DRAWINGS DATE 05/10/18 2 <<<<< } oo 2 cc ac.6 cc) >2 cck— u) U -I CC Ej (T) CC CLEI 0 0 coD 1 CC 0 0 1 SHEET FA -02 DRAWN BY: D. GARCIA DESIGNED BY: F. CLOSE BACKROUND PLAN PROVIDED BY: I no MI ILIDCD• 1 SHEET FA -02 r /44A7M_z7A . 0. /ft5</ 577 z -/N5 -zV P %11 0/ /1 /(2-(,c1. ioLL w i 4/V7?L-vv 4/Aj J_ . /cam PF-ly� A),0 �� E)/-7-prii31TT7oAJ 2v)�62 "r�:k'rps ) r �',e R P/I ICKwa./'�j]/ /!/ l�t�/ Com• „ c &2 t . SEP 1 3 1988 -U GRINNELL FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS CO t 875 S.W. 7th ST. RENTON. WA 9e058 • INee- CA -VG b - - r /44A7M_z7A . 0. /ft5</ 577 z -/N5 -zV P %11 0/ /1 /(2-(,c1. ioLL w i 4/V7?L-vv 4/Aj J_ . /cam PF-ly� A),0 �� E)/-7-prii31TT7oAJ 2v)�62 "r�:k'rps ) r �',e R P/I ICKwa./'�j]/ /!/ l�t�/ Com• „ c &2 t . SEP 1 3 1988 -U GRINNELL FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS CO t 875 S.W. 7th ST. RENTON. WA 9e058 i'l P5 T , 0 •'"-- 0 As ro,4_,.Li ., . vs, / cI!V R;i.S:--) PER THE ATTAC:iED LETTER' -,, The drawings affixed hereto h:ive been reviewed and accepted by the City of Tukwila Fire Dev. kiditions, dei,?tions or revisions to these .,';vngs this adrvi ::c..:,..)Liti,---- require a resoba:itl ot revisC-i ....'(..,vings. fect to fic I J - inspection by te,_:resentative of triis deparif-:-.ent a .......................... CITY OF TLI 5;'5.4;:''1L14 U1 TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT Please call: 575-4407 and give thitjtsi No and exact address for shut= down or restoration approval. RED go 13.k1 /J,tt.J clo et - i 55 D) C e hqe-ke P4t4.4,14c i L�)SrClusCr tt • E of i t.i b FI C k 1) rt c.t Jt./.L) sIC t. to PO -O 5 ,r Orn oo L, P() )LT ilid 13 1— ELS ° F Yz x►iZ AL4 M 4*Mn(v4L4 ba) OA 12 t>20 114 dal 1Al &KM S1 is L.e. `/1 11-c." E'irE,7 IN t-4ccos If�4 G►#th� �, e I�l�4hl� Citi}(11 10 Lag End Hangers ■ Hanger Rings: UL Listed & FM Approved ■ Hanger Rods: Comply with NFPA 13 ■ Machine Thread Rod Only ■ Finishes: 0 Standard Components 4 0 0 All Galvanized Components Application / Description No. 10 Hangers are designed for the support of piping from any type of wood construction that h of adequate thickness and width. Its primary use, however, is under sheathed wood construction — that is, under wood Con- struction that has a finished ceiling attached directly to hs underside. Lath and plaster on wood joists is an example of such construction. There are 2 components in a basic No. 10 Hanger: A hanger rod that has • lag screw (coach spew) thread on one end and a machine thread on the other, and an adjust- able hanger ring. The hanger is secured to the wood struc- ture by means of the lag spew thread provided on the rod. No other attachment is required. As an option, the hanger may be furnished with a spring clip ceiling plate when a more finished appearance is needed in an area. NFPA Requiremenu / Limitations NFPA 13 has specific requirensenu and/or limitations for the use of lag screw rods. The standard reads• Components 1. Spring Clip Ceiling Plate (optional) - 2. Hanger Rod 3. Adjustable Hanger Ring 1"=25.4mm The minimum thickness of plank and the mini- mum width of lower face of beams or joists in which lag screw rods are used shall be ... Pase Sire Nominal Nominal Width Plank Thickness of Beam Fa ce Mchea urn inch.; erre 3 76 2 51 271"-3X" 4 102 2 61 4 102 4 102 3 76 4 102 Lag screw rods shall not be used for support of plpes larger than 6 Al/ holes for /q screw rods shall be predrilled 1/6" 13.2 mm) kss In diameter than the root diameter of the lag screw thread. Zi) /FIE? ar gesitiwAio /7 36o dou7,4 E,)TEf2. PaRIf w.¢y TvkwlkHJOHN ABEL grief FIRE PROTECTION, INC. 4932 Pioneer Rd. Bothell WA 98012 (2063 481-7669 TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT` Please call: 575-4407 and give this job No. tiDDa/7 and exact address for shut- down or restoration approval. L WITHOUT COMMENTS. 0 AS NOTED IN RED 0 PER THE ATTACHED LETTER The drawings affixed hereto have been reviewed and accepted by the City of lu ,vli3 Fire DcDt. Additions, deletions or rc. isions to these drawings after this c:ce will vii this . cceptance and will 3 rt e a resubmittal of rtvis„ec drawings. Find Tece at:ance is subject to field - i a representative of this of CITY OF TiJKVVILA 575-4407 • (i)CLxC0 Ftek \ X144 WA:L � l.�bwr: . re L. 2. Vli.l. • '0e4 (FccF •r'e• y:D, • v• eALE ANF-• c'CUt41U P -MIC C Ce ALL T; VII 2U 1. I1 'It cx.� LUNO P}-1 IN VA. fPPc Zc'1 Lei PH iM, mac, ppeVuub� 3. ALL. rfAcE 'G BY cLIPRWT 4. Accus-rtc isactiM D A BY------ `1�'�------------ TVKWILi PREVENTION BUREAU • 1